en_tn/tn_REV.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	xx8l				0	Introduction to Revelation Part 1: General Introduction Outline of the Book of Revelation Opening (1:1-20) Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22) Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11) The seven seals (6:1-8:1) The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18) Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20) The seven bowls (15:1-18:24) Worship in heaven (19:1-10) The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15) The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5) Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21) Who wrote the Book of Revelation? The author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus. What is the Book of Revelation about? John wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth. How should the title of this book be translated? Translators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) What type of writing is the Book of Revelation? John used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts Are the events of Revelation past or future? Since early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns. Translators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT. Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation? No other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common. Part 3: Important Translation Issues Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it? One does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT? The scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles: The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11) Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9) Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.” The UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions. Periods of time John referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent. The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation Behold is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation? For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading. “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.” “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.” “so that a third of it \[the earth\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase. “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.” “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5). “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.” “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.” “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.” “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	1:intro	u1e2				0	Revelation 1 General Notes Structure and formatting Outline of Chapter One of Revelation I. The Introduction to Revelation A. The Prologue (1:1-8) The Preface (1:1-3) The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6) The Book’s Theme (1:7-8) II. John’s Vision of Christ B. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20) The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11) The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16) The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20) This chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos. Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7. Special concepts in this chapter Seven churches John wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey. White The Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come” God exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this. Important figures of speech in this chapter Blood Blood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “He is coming with the clouds” Jesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language. “One like a son of man” This refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.” “The angels of the seven churches” The word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word. The word “to keep” or “to obey” The word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in Revelation 1:3. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4	1:1	rkh9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of revelation, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
5	1:1	kv41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	General Information: This phrase could mean: (1) this book is revelation that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is revelation that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
6	1:1	ik5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ	1	Here, his servants refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ and serve him as their Lord. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “those who serve him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
7	1:1	x8bu			ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει	1	Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon”
8	1:1	kez4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἐσήμανεν	1	The pronoun he here refers to Jesus Christ and it refers to the revelation. If this is not clear to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus communicated that revelation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
9	1:1	kz6m			ἀποστείλας διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “by sending his angel to reveal it”
10	1:1	hz2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωάννῃ	1	John is the name of a man who was Jesus’ disciple and one of the original twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
11	1:1	pb4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ	1	The Apostle John is referring to himself in the third person here. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
12	1:2	tgts		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν	1	The subject of this sentence is the author John. If this might confuse your readers, you could start a new sentence here and say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John testified” or “I, John, testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
13	1:2	va4c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, John uses word figuratively to refer to the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about the message that God spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
14	1:2	wb7z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of testimony, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what Jesus Christ testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
15	1:2	b5se		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	John is using the possessive form to describe the testimony that Jesus Christ gave to him. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus Christ has given to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
16	1:3	le65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ ἀναγινώσκων	1	Here, the one who reads does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone who readsthe words of the prophecy aloud or in public. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
17	1:3	t0q3			τῆς προφητείας	1	Here, this prophecy refers to this whole book that John is writing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of this book of prophecy”
18	1:3	h37b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19	1:3	dod2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τηροῦντες	1	Here, the word keep means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word keep as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. See the chapter one introduction as well for the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who take to heart” or “who continually considers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
20	1:3	dwt8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς	1	Here, the time refers specifically to the appointed time when God will make the prophecies in this book come true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time for the fulfillment of what is written in this book is near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
21	1:3	myem		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς	1	Here, John speaks figuratively of time as if it could be near something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time will be soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
22	1:4	vw1t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	Ἰωάννης	1	General Information: In this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or “From John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
23	1:4	apl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ	1	In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are members of the seven churches that are in Asia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
24	1:4	y9yh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming give you grace and peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]])
25	1:4	lsun		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of grace and peace, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
26	1:4	unul		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	These three phrases all refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God who is, and who was, and who is coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
27	1:4	qsu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	Here, the phrase who is coming could refer to: (1) the future tense, to complete the idea that God exists in the past, present, and future. In other words, John uses is coming figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. Alternate translation: “who will be” or “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment.
28	1:4	x38p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων	1	The number seven is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the seven spirits could refer to: (1) The Spirit of God that is described with seven attributes in Isaiah 11:2. Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit”. (2) Seven individual spirits which serve God and that also might be the “seven angels” in 8:2. Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
29	1:5	w24x			καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ	1	The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ”
30	1:5	gz2n			ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός	1	This phrase the faithful witness is a title describing Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from Psalm 89:37. Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse comes from Psalm 89, including: the firstborn from the dead and the ruler of the kings of the earth. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in 2 Samuel 7. So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or indentation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
31	1:5	l3h8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν	1	This phrase the firstborn from the dead is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The phrase probably alludes to Psalm 89:27. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life to never die again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
32	1:5	j1xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	τῶν νεκρῶν	1	The word dead is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from those who are dead” or “from those who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
33	1:5	gqw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns	καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς	1	This phrase the ruler of the kings of the earth is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. This phrase alludes to Psalm 89:27. As with the previous phrases from Psalm 89, you may want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or formatting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
34	1:5	ttqn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure	τῷ ἀγαπῶντι ἡμᾶς	1	A new sentence begins here that continues through the rest of the next verse. This sentence praises Jesus Christ. If it is helpful for your readers, you may want to state the main verb here at the beginning of the sentence and then repeat it again in the next verse. You may also want to break this long sentence into two or more shorter sentences. Alternate translation: “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always because he loves us” or “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always. He is the one who loves us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
35	1:5	tqfs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	τῷ	1	Here, the one refers to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear to your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To Jesus Christ, who loves us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
36	1:5	u6v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν	1	Here John uses released figuratively of forgiving people for their sins. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
37	1:5	rvmr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς & ἡμῶν	1	The words us and our here include both John and his readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
38	1:5	jpnq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν	1	John uses sins figuratively to refer to the punishment for sins. He means that Jesus causes people who believe in him to escape eternal punishment for their sins. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the punishment for our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
39	1:5	q64f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ	1	Here, blood figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
40	1:6	nhfb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βασιλείαν	1	Here, a kingdom functions as a metaphor for the unity that believers have as they belong to each other and to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of kingdom here explicitly. Alternate translation: “a group that belongs to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
41	1:6	iq7j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἱερεῖς	1	Here, the word priests functions as a metaphor for people who live to serve God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who work” or “people who live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
42	1:6	nesy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ— αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος	1	If your language does not use an abstract noun for glory or power, you could express these ideas in other ways. Here, power refers to the authority that Jesus has to rule over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “may people glorify Jesus always and may he rule over everyone” or “may people honor Jesus always and may he reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
43	1:6	ne7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the words God and Father refer to one person, not two. This is God the Father who exists with the Son and the Holy Spirit as God. The name Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” or “for God, who is the Father of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
44	1:7	ldv8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς	1	General Information: The clauses Behold, he is coming with the clouds, every eye will see him, even those who pierced him, and will mourn because of him are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
45	1:7	mx1c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, Behold is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
46	1:7	bbqj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν	1	The pronoun he here refers to Jesus Christ. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
47	1:7	isa6			ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν	1	This phrase probably refers to Daniel 7:13. You may want to include this information in a footnote.
48	1:7	k0qo			ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν	1	Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds”
49	1:7	nxqe			ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς	1	These phrases probably refer to Zechariah 12:10. You may want to include this information in a footnote.
50	1:7	hb4i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς	1	Since people see with their eyes, the word eye is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
51	1:7	ndf6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν	1	Jesus’ hands and feet were pierced when he was nailed to the cross and a soldier pierced his side with a spear. Here those who pierced him refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced and killed him” or “even those who stabbed him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
52	1:7	ewtl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν	1	John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
53	1:7	s0rd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ναί! ἀμήν!	1	Here, the phrase Yes, Amen has two words that mean basically the same thing. Yes affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, Amen. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
54	1:8	c96p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ	1	Here, says the Lord God indicates that the clauses that come before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: “The Lord God says, ‘I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
55	1:8	ufix		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ	1	The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are alpha and omega. Comparing God to these letters means that he is the first and the last of all things. If it would be helpful in your language, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” or “the one who began and will end all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56	1:8	l1ss		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ	1	Here the phrase the alpha and the omega refers to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. The Greek alphabet represents time, and referring to the beginning and ending letters includes all of those in between. In other words, these letters represent all of time. Therefore, the idea here is that God always exists. The second part of the verse says this plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
57	1:8	t0ga		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος	1	Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” after this statement. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
58	1:8	in5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	See how you translated the phrase who is coming in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
59	1:8	c1ii		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	ὁ Παντοκράτωρ	1	God is using the adjective Almighty as a noun in order to describe who he is. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the one who is Almighty” or “the Almighty One” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
60	1:9	qyu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ	1	The Apostle John refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
61	1:9	mg1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν	1	Here, your is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the brother of you believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
62	1:9	y5gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀδελφὸς	1	John is using the term brother to mean that he shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
63	1:9	ikek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	βασιλείᾳ	1	If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of suffering, kingdom, and endurance, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “someone who is patiently enduring while suffering just as you are because we belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
64	1:9	o6k9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν Ἰησοῦ	1	Here John pictures Jesus as containing the suffering, kingdom, and patient endurance that everyone who believes in him experiences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “that we all experience because we believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65	1:9	c1a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	John uses word of God figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the message from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
66	1:9	sim8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ	1	John is using the possessive form to describe the testimony about Jesus that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
67	1:10	s2sw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι	1	Here, in the Spirit could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
68	1:10	lnj2			τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	Here, the Lord’s day refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in honor of the Lord’s resurrection. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Sunday, the Lord’s day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
69	1:10	fa68		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος	1	The voice was very loud so that the noise sounded like a trumpet. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
70	1:10	ggph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωνὴν μεγάλην	1	Here, a loud voice refers to a person speaking loudly, who is later revealed to be Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a sound of someone speaking loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
71	1:10	fu9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ὡς σάλπιγγος	1	A trumpet was an instrument for making a loud sound that, in John’s time, was probably made of metal. If you do not have trumpets in your culture, use a word in your language for a loud instrument. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
72	1:11	y4ab		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	λεγούσης	1	Here, saying introduces a quotation. What follows is what the voice of the previous verse said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. You may want to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “That voice said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
73	1:11	kq6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἔφεσον & Σμύρναν & Πέργαμον & Θυάτειρα & Σάρδεις & Φιλαδέλφιαν & Λαοδίκιαν	1	These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
74	1:12	r89l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις	1	Here, voice refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
75	1:12	flem			ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς	1	Here, seven golden lampstands refers to seven poles that each hold one or more oil lamps at the top. These seven lamp holders are made of gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number seven is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, so it may be that these seven churches represent Christ’s church as a whole, that is, all believers. Alternate translation: “seven golden stands holding oil lamps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
76	1:13	xmx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου	1	The expression like a son of man describes a human figure that recalls the same phrase from Daniel 7:13. The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
77	1:13	y6qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ζώνην χρυσᾶν	1	A sash was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one had the appearance of gold and may have been woven from golden threads. A sash is not a belt that is worn around the waist. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
78	1:14	hqz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys	ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες	1	Here, the phrase head and hair refers to the hair that is on the head. It does not mean that the skin of the head was white. Alternate translation: “the hair on his head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
79	1:14	mg7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών	1	John uses repetition here in order to emphasize how white the hair was. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “extremely white like wool or snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
80	1:14	j9w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών	1	John is comparing the hair to wool and snow because those things are both very white. If your readers would not be familiar with those things, you could use the name of something in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “white as egret feathers” or “white as cotton” or “very, very white” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
81	1:14	vp4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo	οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός	1	It may be that the phrase flame of fire repeats information in a way that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can say it in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “his eyes blazed like fire” or “his eyes were glowing like flames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]])
82	1:15	u551		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ	1	The point of this comparison is that the feet were like polished bronze, which is very shiny. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
83	1:15	qbno		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ	1	John refers here to polished bronze. If your readers would not be familiar with that metal, you could use a more general comparison or an expression without a comparison. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished metal” or “his feet were shining” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
84	1:15	d6je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης	1	Here, furnace refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like bronze in it, and the hot fire would make the metal refined by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
85	1:15	izg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν	1	The point of this comparison is that the sound of his voice was very loud and powerful. The image could be that of a loud waterfall or loud ocean waves or a loud downpour of rain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
86	1:16	qu9h			καὶ ἔχων	1	Here, the subject of having continues from verse 1:13. If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence here and repeat the subject. Alternate translation: “This one like a son of man had” or “He had”
87	1:16	pp58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη	1	Here, the imagery of the sword protruding from Christ’s mouth is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word, especially God’s word, as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things, as in Ephesians 6:17 and Hebrews 4:12. The symbolism may have been inspired by the fact that Roman double-edged swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. The translator may wish to include some of this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the blade of a sharp sword that cuts on both sides protruding from his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
88	1:16	cb26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the phrase shining as the sun at its strength compares the face of Jesus Christ to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Use a natural expression in your language for this. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the sun at mid-day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
89	1:17	vz4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ	1	Here, the subject of and he placed his right hand on me should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse 1:13. Verse 1:13 mentions one like a son of man as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
90	1:17	jw5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ	1	Here, the phrase and he placed his right hand on me signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of Do not be afraid so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
91	1:17	uc3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος	1	Here, the first and the last refers to the eternal nature of Jesus because he is God. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, first refers to what is before everything and last refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in verse 8. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
92	1:18	zm05			καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς	1	Here, the one who lives also refers to the eternal nature of Jesus as God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: “the living one” (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: “the one who gives life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
93	1:18	cc7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	Here, behold focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. See how you translated behold in Revelation 1:7. Alternate translation: “know this” or “you must understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
94	1:18	a4e2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου	1	John uses keys here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as keys have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
95	1:18	pgql		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου	1	This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of Hades. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
96	1:18	acrx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου	1	The word Hades is the Greek name for the place where the spirits of dead people go. Many Bible translations just use this word as it is, and others translate it, using a word for the place of the dead in their language. The words death and Hades mean almost the same thing. Through death a person enters Hades. Alternate translation: “to release people from death, that is, from Hades” or “to free people from death and from the grave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
97	1:19	eupc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany	ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα	1	Here, what you have seen, both the things that are and what must happen after these things refers to the things that Jesus is showing to John throughout this book. These clauses could indicate (1) events in two time periods, present and future. In this case, the tense of have seen is from the perspective of John when he is writing. He cannot write something until he has seen it. Alternate translation: “what you see, that is, the things that exist now, and what must happen afterwards” or (2) events in three time periods, past, present, and future. Alternate translation: “what you have seen, what is, and what must happen afterwards”
98	1:20	ytmk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων	1	Here, the mystery refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of the vision of the seven stars. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
99	1:20	ttic		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων, οὓς εἶδες ἐπὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς μου, καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ λυχνίας τὰς χρυσᾶς	1	This sentence leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “I will explain the mystery of the seven stars that you saw in my right hand, and the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
100	1:20	fl5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	λυχνίας	1	See how you translated this word in verse 12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
101	1:20	eek9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν	1	Here, the angels of the seven churches could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, the angels could either be human representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in verse 11. The translator should use a word here that can allow for both interpretations, if possible. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
102	1:20	e25n			τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν	1	See how you translated this in verse 11.
103	2:intro	zps2				0	Revelation 2 General Notes Structure and formatting Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22) A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7) B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11) C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17) D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29) E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6) F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13) G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22) Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters. Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27. Special concepts in this chapter The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches Jesus uses the phrase I know to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase I know is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression I know indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase I know sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression I know affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase I know as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual angel, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) Poverty and wealth The Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]]) “The devil is about to” People were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them (Revelation 2:10). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God. Important figures of speech in this chapter “Let the one who has an ear hear” Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase has an ear presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) “what the Spirit says to the churches” Here, the Spirit most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in Revelation 1:10. In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The angel of the church” The word angel here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated angel in Revelation 1:20. “Says these things” The verses with the phrase says these things can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in Revelation 1:17. He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase says these things indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) “the one who conquers” The expression the one who conquers refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) The expression the one who conquers refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase the one who conquers occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
104	2:1	mn8x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον	1	General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in Ephesus. Ephesus is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:11 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
105	2:1	kq5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	Here, the angel could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, the angel could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated angel in Revelation 1:20 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
106	2:1	mz7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	τάδε λέγει	1	Here, says these things indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
107	2:1	q1ck		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns	ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν	1	Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
108	2:1	ugs3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν	1	The golden lampstands are symbols that represent the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers. See how you translated lampstands in Revelation 1:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
109	2:2	mm3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἶδα	1	For the expression I know that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:1,8,15), please see the explanatory note for I know in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
110	2:2	jg1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸν κόπον	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun labor, you can express it with the verb “to work”. Alternate translation: “that you laboured very hard” or “that you worked very hard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
111	2:2	iwe7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ὑπομονήν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun endurance, you can express it with the verb “endure.” Alternate translation: “that you patiently suffered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
112	2:2	l6mv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	τὰ ἔργα σου, καὶ τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ ὅτι οὐ δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς; καὶ ἐπείρασας τοὺς λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν, καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς	1	The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual angel (see the previous verse), so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
113	2:2	sxbf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	κακούς	1	Here, evil people translates directly an adjective in the Greek that signifies simply “wicked” or evil. Thus, the translator must supply a noun that the adjective is describing through an assumed implication. The natural assumption for the noun to be supplied would be human individuals who were people in the surrounding community of those being addressed here. Alternate translation: “wayward people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
114	2:2	ka9e			εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς	1	Here, you have found them indicates the literal translation of the Greek. However, the sense of found is something like “to understand” or simply to come to the knowledge about a certain reality. The understood reality is actually the falsehood of the claim of certain people to be apostles. Alternate translation: “you have recognized those people to be false apostles”
115	2:3	nn01		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις	1	Here, and you have patient endurance implies a missing affirmation of I know from the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “I realize that you have patient endurance” or “I recognize that you have patient endurance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
116	2:3	muq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, name is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses name here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
117	2:3	j46d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ κεκοπίακες	1	Being discouraged is spoken of as growing weary. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
118	2:3	mg3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	οὐ κεκοπίακες	1	Here, have not grown weary is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow weary or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
119	2:4	j7gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι	1	Here I have against you that indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: “I have something against you” or “there is something about you that I disapprove of”. Jesus is leaving out a word in the idiomatic expression that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because” or “I have a criticism to make of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
120	2:4	kx98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες	1	To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it behind. Here, love represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing love as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
121	2:5	sfw2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πόθεν πέπτωκας	1	The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having fallen in the sense of “how far you have fallen from your original location”. Here, “falling” from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you once loved me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
122	2:5	cd8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον	1	Here, the first works is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
123	2:5	hlyf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς	1	Here, I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
124	2:5	j8p5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς	1	The lampstand is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated lampstand in Revelation 1:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
125	2:6	g8gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις	1	But you have this is a metaphor in which this represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that this is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
126	2:6	cvi5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν	1	The Nicolaitans were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the Nicolaitans since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
127	2:7	s3qg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase has an ear presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
128	2:7	tidg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
129	2:7	zln0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	Here, the Spirit most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in Revelation 1:10. In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
130	2:7	wzg1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ νικῶντι	1	The expression To the one who conquers refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
131	2:7	t84w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τῷ νικῶντι	1	The expression To the one who conquers refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase the one who conquers occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
132	2:7	ng2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς	1	John is using the possessive form of tree to describe the tree as giving life. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to the tree of life in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
133	2:7	rmf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate	τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, paradise is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible paradise becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that paradise is a name for the abode of God. Thus, paradise represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
134	2:8	is3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον	1	General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in Smyrna. Smyrna is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:11 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
135	2:8	ie9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	See how you translated angel in Revelation 1:20 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
136	2:8	nvn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	τάδε λέγει	1	See how you translated the phrase says these things in Revelation 2:1 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
137	2:8	huo8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ὃς ἐγένετο νεκρὸς καὶ ἔζησεν	1	Jesus is referring to himself in the third person here. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the first and the last and I am the one who became dead but came to life again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
138	2:8	k7qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος	1	Here, the first and the last refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
139	2:8	t5l1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ὃς ἐγένετο νεκρὸς καὶ ἔζησεν	1	Here, the phrase who became dead but came to life again describes Jesus by the two extremes of his death on the cross as well as his current life after the resurrection. The figure of speech is a type of merism. See how you translated the very similar phrase in Revelation 1:18. However, note that there are slight differences between this verse and Revelation 1:18, such as in the order of the words. Alternate translation: “who became dead but lived again” or “who became dead but returned back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
140	2:9	s6ja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου	1	See how you translated second person pronouns and references in Revelation 2:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
141	2:9	p6hp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν θλῖψιν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun affliction, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
142	2:9	ch4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν πτωχείαν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun poverty, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how poor you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
143	2:9	lhuk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀλλὰ πλούσιος εἶ	1	Here, rich is a metaphor for the spiritual condition of the Christians in Smyrna. The Christians in Smyrna were physically poor because they did not have much money. However, they were spiritually rich because God would reward them for their suffering in the future. Thus, the metaphor uses the language of physical money to describe the spiritual condition of Smyrna’s Christians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
144	2:9	f6bp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun slander, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
145	2:9	qf9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν	1	Here, but they are not is irony in the sense of the fact that Jesus does not intend to say that the people are not literal Jews. Jesus actually means that these people are indeed Jews, although they do not behave in a manner that agrees with their ethnic identification. Jews should behave as if they were God’s people, but these people mentioned here do not act as if they were actually God’s chosen race. Alternate translation: “but they are not real Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
146	2:9	a4yu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	Here, a synagogue of Satan is a metaphor describing Jewish people in Smyrna that were slandering the Christians in the local church. The metaphor uses the imagery of the word synagogue as a place to gather together Jews for both worship and for learning. However, the Jews described in this verse gather together to slander the Christians of Smyrna. Therefore, these Jews actually gather and serve Satan as a synagogue in a certain sense. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147	2:9	hv3o		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	Here, a synagogue of Satan signifies a synagogue that serves Satan in some metaphorical sense (see previous note). The phrase uses the possessive form to describe the fact that the synagogue of Jews serves Satan. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a synagogue that follows Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
148	2:10	a9ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	See how you translated Behold in Revelation 1:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
149	2:10	agx4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν, ἵνα πειρασθῆτε	1	Here, to throw is a idiomatic expression for putting someone into prison or jail. The enemies of the Christians will test them, not God himself. Translators should avoid making the impression to their readers that God is in league with Satan as an author of evil or temptation. Alternate translation: “the devil will soon cause others to put some of you in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
150	2:10	tlvz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ἐξ ὑμῶν	1	See how you translated the second person pronouns and references in Revelation 2:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
151	2:10	snk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡμερῶν δέκα	1	Here, ten days is probably metaphorical for a short time or limited amount of time for testing. Daniel 1:14 is most likely the source of the expression for a short time of testing. The translator should not avoid, however, rendering the time as a literal length of time of ten days, in contrast to some unspecified amount of time in a metaphorical expression. Alternate translation: “for a short time of testing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
152	2:10	f5t1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου	1	The use of the word until does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death. Rather, the idea is to be faithful even to the point of death. Alternate translation: “Be faithful to me even if they kill you”
153	2:10	zhj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς	1	Here, the crown of life refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
154	2:11	g7zq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
155	2:11	dc3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
156	2:11	y88p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	Here, the Spirit most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in Revelation 1:10. In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
157	2:11	s9d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ νικῶν	1	See how you translated this generic noun phrase in Revelation 2:7. For the metaphorical expression one who conquers that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase one who conquers in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
158	2:11	q6w2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου	1	Here, the clause will certainly not be hurt is a euphemism for experiencing the second death in actuality. The literal meaning of the clause gives the sense of mistreating or injuring someone. However, in this case, the euphemism represents the greater danger of a second, spiritual death (see next note). Alternate translation: “will not experience the second death” or “will not die the second death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
159	2:11	ayw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου	1	Here, by the second death is a metaphor that describes the spiritual or eternal transition from normal life that occurs after the first natural death that people suffer at the end of life. The phrase second death is further described and defined in Revelation 20:6,14: 21:8. The translator should translate the phrase the second death literally and also give an explanatory note with references to Revelation 20:6,14; 21:8. Alternate translation: “by the eternal death” or “by the spiritual death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
160	2:12	ll17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον	1	General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in Pergamum. Pergamum is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:11 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
161	2:12	il7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	See how you translated angel in Revelation 1:20 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
162	2:12	kf91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	τάδε λέγει	1	See how you translated the phrase says these things in Revelation 2:1 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
163	2:12	f6s5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν ὀξεῖαν	1	See how you translated this type of sword and its imagery in Revelation 1:16 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
164	2:13	ltx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἶδα ποῦ κατοικεῖς	1	Here, I know where you live is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present condition and difficult circumstances that the Christians in Pergamum were experiencing at that time. The idiomatic expression indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current problems and difficult conditions of the people which he addresses here. Jesus not only expresses knowledge of the city of Pergamum as a location or place, but he also expresses his familiarity with the religious, social, and moral conditions which the Christians experienced while living in Pergamum. See the explanatory note for I know in the chapter two introduction contents. Alternate translation: “I know where you dwell” or “I know where you have your home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
165	2:13	ryn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	Here, the throne of Satan means the place that “Satan controls and gives power to his throne”. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the place where Satan has power and control with a reference to a throne for describing the rule of Satan as a metonym. There is most likely a local reference to a giant altar to the god Zeus that existed in Pergamum at this time. Alternate translation: “where Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
166	2:13	fxzt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κρατεῖς τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, you hold tightly to my name is a idiomatic expression meaning to firmly believe in the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you firmly believe in my name” or “you have a strong faith in my name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
167	2:13	tf7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, name is a metonym for the person of Jesus. See how you translated the phrase my name in Revelation 2:3. Alternate translation: “you hold tightly to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
168	2:13	x6j6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἠρνήσω τὴν πίστιν μου	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun faith, you can express it positively with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “you continued to tell people that you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
169	2:13	da1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὴν πίστιν μου	1	Here, {your} faith in me means “your faith that places trust in me.” Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the faith that the Christians had in Jesus as the object of their belief. Alternate translation: “your belief in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
170	2:13	lu4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀντιπᾶς	1	Antipas is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
171	2:13	phzk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	ὁ μάρτυς μου ὁ πιστός μου	1	Here, my witness, my faithful one means that Antipas “faithfully testified of me.” Jesus is using the possessive form to describe Antipas as a faithful witness to Jesus himself. Antipas faithfully witnessed about Jesus even up to the point of death so that one can simply call Antipas a “martyr.” Alternate translation: “my faithful martyr” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
172	2:13	xgge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὃς ἀπεκτάνθη	1	Here, who was killed can be changed from the awkward passive form in some languages. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom those in your city killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
173	2:13	biue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	παρ’ ὑμῖν	1	See how you translated second person pronouns and references in Revelation 2:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
174	2:13	v5lv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὅπου ὁ Σατανᾶς κατοικεῖ	1	Here, where Satan lives is an idiomatic expression that basically means where Satan rules. For this idiom and metaphorical imagery to describe Satan’s rule in Pergamum, see the note above for the phrase the throne of Satan in this same verse here. Alternate translation: “where Satan has power” or “where Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
175	2:14	wu6n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 2:4, although in this case there is no actual ellipsis technically speaking with the presence of the object a few things. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because of a few things you have done” or “I am angry with you because of a few things you did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
176	2:14	rd44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ	1	Here, hold tightly is an idiomatic expression for either: (1) people who teach what Balaam taught. (2) people who do what Balaam taught. The second option seems preferable in this context for the metaphor, as seen in the UST rendition. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression in the target language. Alternate translation: “some who do the teaching of Balaam” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
177	2:14	j3nc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τῷ Βαλὰκ	1	Balak was the name of a king in the Old Testament (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
178	2:14	hg4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον	1	Here, to throw a stumbling block is a metaphor for the act of leading and, thereby, causing people to sin. Therefore, this expression speaks of an action or behavior that leads people to sin as if it were a stone that sits in a road over which people stumble. The Greek word for stumbling block also can mean the trigger peg in an animal trap so that the phrase expresses the idea of setting a trap. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression in the target language. Alternate translation: “to set a trap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
179	2:14	mu6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word food sacrificed to idols, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is sacrificed rather than the person who does the sacrificing. If you must state who does the sacrificing, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
180	2:14	rvjm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα	1	Here, to eat food sacrificed to idols speaks of eating food dedicated to a pagan god so that Jews considered the food to be unclean and, thus, forbidden to eat. The phrase food sacrificed to idols describes animals that are slaughtered, offered to a god, and then eaten. If your language has a specific word or phrase for meat from an animal that has been offered to a god, you could use it here. If your language does not have such a word, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
181	2:14	u19f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πορνεῦσαι	1	Here, to be sexually immoral literally means immoral sexual activity. Yet, often people take the expression as a metaphor that signifies idolatry. If the expression is indeed a metaphor, then one should translate the word literally. However, if this might confuse the readers, one could use an equivalent expression in the target language, one could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to sin sexually” or “to commit sexual sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182	2:15	jmzp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν	1	See how you the phrase holding tightly to the teaching in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “doing the teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
183	2:15	hc85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Νικολαϊτῶν	1	See how you translated Nicolaitans in Revelation 2:6 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
184	2:16	f8dy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰ δὲ μή	1	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can supply the verb from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “If you do not repent, I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
185	2:16	qict		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔρχομαί	1	See how you translate this word in Revelation 2:5. Alternate translation: “I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
186	2:16	fd6u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πολεμήσω	1	Here, will wage war expresses a metaphor for judgment that utilizes the imagery of a sword coming from the mouth of Jesus. The translator may wish to maintain a fairly literal rendition in order to allow the metaphor to work with the sword imagery in this verse and from the prior verses of Revelation 1:16 and Revelation 2:12. Alternate translation: “I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
187	2:16	j52q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου	1	This refers to the sword in Revelation 1:16 and Revelation 2:12. Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this is a symbol which represents the words that Jesus speaks (see the UST). This symbol indicates that Jesus will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword that is my mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
188	2:17	lm1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
189	2:17	m867		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
190	2:17	unnj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	Here, the Spirit most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in Revelation 1:10. In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
191	2:17	i61b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	τῷ νικῶντι	1	See how you translated this generic noun phrase in Revelation 2:7. For the metaphorical expression one who conquers that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase one who conquers in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
192	2:17	ngjb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου	1	If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word hidden manna, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is hidden rather than the person who does the hiding. If you must state who does the hiding, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “manna that I have hid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
193	2:17	yeqt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ψῆφον λευκήν	1	Here, a white stone could signify a variety of different interpretive options which relate to the social context of Pergamum when John wrote the book of Revelation. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase a white stone. Hence, this note would suggest that the translator should not attempt to render a white stone in any way that seeks to be culturally relevant, since commentators are not exactly sure what the phrase signifies first in the original context here (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
194	2:17	l59r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον	1	Here, a new name written could mean the name of Jesus, the name of God, or else, more likely, the new name of the person who conquers. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase a new name written. If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word written, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is written rather than the person who does the writing. If you must state who does the writing, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “a new name that I wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
195	2:18	b83m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Θυατείροις ἐκκλησίας γράψον	1	General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in Thyatira. Thyatira is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:11 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
196	2:18	nd4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	See how you translated angel in Revelation 1:20 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
197	2:18	j3xp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	τάδε λέγει	1	See how you translated the phrase says these things in Revelation 2:1 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
198	2:18	q3w9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Son of God is an important title for Jesus (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
199	2:18	zbx5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ὡς φλόγα πυρός	1	Here, Jesus has eyes that are full of light so that they resemble a flame of fire. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:14. Alternate translation: “whose eyes glow like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
200	2:18	p86i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ	1	People create objects of bronze and have them polished in order to make them shine and reflect light. Likewise, the feet of Jesus shine and reflect light like polished bronze. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:15. Alternate translation: “whose feet are very shiny like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
201	2:19	oum6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα	1	See how you translated the clause I know your works in Revelation 2:2. Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
202	2:19	vj80		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	σου τὰ ἔργα, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ τὰ ἔργα σου, τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων	1	See how you translated the second person pronouns and second person individuals addressed in Revelation 2:2. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
203	2:19	bx33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun love, faith, service, and endurance, you can express them with their corresponding verbs that describe the actions. Alternate translation: “how you have loved, trusted, served, and endured patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
204	2:19	y2mu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου	1	If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns in the clause then you can state the implied objects of these terms explicitly. Alternate translation: “how you have loved me and others, trusted me, served me and others, and endured troubles patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
205	2:19	pi0k			τὰ ἔργα σου, τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων	1	Here, the clause your last works {are} greater than {your} first {works} presents a comparison of previous labor or efforts to the current labor or efforts of the believers. If your readers would misunderstand the noun works, you can express it with the verb “to work” or “to do”. Alternate translation: “you do more now than you did at first”
206	2:20	wbu1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἀλλ’ ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 2:4. Alternate translation: “But I disapprove of some of the things you are doing” or “But I am angry with you because of something you are doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
207	2:20	f6e8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν γυναῖκα Ἰεζάβελ	1	Jesus spoke of a certain woman in their church at Thyatira as if she were the famous Queen Jezebel, because she did the same kinds of sinful actions that Jezebel had done in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the woman who is just like Jezebel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
208	2:20	mnom		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πορνεῦσαι, καὶ φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα	1	See how you translated a similar clause with the same phrases in Revelation 2:14. It is possible to interpret both phrases as metaphors for idolatry or sinful actions in general (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
209	2:21	g7yh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal	ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον ἵνα μετανοήσῃ	1	Here, I gave her time so that she might repent represents a purpose clause. The word so that introduces a purpose clause. Jesus is stating a purpose for which he granted some time for the woman Jezebel to repent of her actions. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “I gave her time for the purpose of her repentance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
210	2:21	rtai		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς	1	Here, her immorality expresses the idea of impure passion. The word immorality always applies to females. The manner of expressing female immorality varies greatly in many languages. Use a natural idiom for expressing female immorality in your target language (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
211	2:22	kpoe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	See how you translated Behold in Revelation 1:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
212	2:22	twa2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην & εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην	1	Here, having Jezebel lie in a bed would be the result of Jesus making her very sick. The imagery of the bed is simply a metonym for the entire process of lying in bed when one is sick. The act of throwing someone into a bed causes the punishment to appear to be more intense and graphic in its idiomatic expression. Alternate translation: “I will make her lie sick in bed … I will make suffer greatly” or “I will make her very sick … I will make suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
213	2:22	lj36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην, καὶ τοὺς μοιχεύοντας μετ’ αὐτῆς εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην	1	Here, Jesus speaks of causing people to suffer with the idiomatic expression of throwing them into suffering. The metaphor or idiomatic expression presents the imagery of causing suffering or hurt by the act of throwing someone into the suffering or hurt. Alternate translation: “I will throw her onto a bed, and I will make her and those who commit adultery with her to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
214	2:22	g53b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσουσιν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῆς	1	This implies that they have participated with her in her wicked behavior. By repenting of her deeds, they also repent of participating in her behavior. Alternate translation: “if they do not repent from doing the evil that she does” or “if they do not repent of participating in her deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
215	2:23	cn5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς	1	Jesus spoke of the disciples of Jezebel as if they were her children. Alternate translation: “her followers” or “her disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
216	2:23	kx34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς ἀποκτενῶ ἐν θανάτῳ	1	Here, I will strike her children dead expresses the idea of killing the disciples of Jezebel. The phrase implies death by a swift and ruthless action. The idiomatic language suggests the idea of killing by means of a pestilence. Alternate translation: “I will slay her children” or “I will exterminate her children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
217	2:23	zm6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίας	1	The terms kidneys and hearts are metonyms that represents feelings and desires in the idiomatic language. Alternate translation: “what people think and want” or “secret thoughts and desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
218	2:23	bgs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δώσω ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ	1	The phrase I will give to each one of you represents an idiomatic expression describing the distribution of punishment and reward. If this idiom might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will punish or reward each one of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
219	2:23	fptd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ὑμῶν	1	See how you translated second person pronouns and references in Revelation 2:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
220	2:24	zqpg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ὑμῖν δὲ λέγω τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς ἐν Θυατείροις, ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην, οἵτινες οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰ βαθέα τοῦ Σατανᾶ, ὡς λέγουσιν; οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος	1	See how you translated second person pronouns and references in Revelation 2:2. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
221	2:24	tli6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην	1	Here, to believe in a teaching is spoken of as to hold or to grasp the teaching. If this idiom might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to everyone who does not believe this teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
222	2:24	scu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην	1	Here, teaching is an abstract noun that your readers might misunderstand without the use of a verbal phrase. If this abstract noun would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly with a verb. Alternate translation: “do not hold to what she teaches” or “do not believe what she teaches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
223	2:24	d5i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ βαθέα	1	Here, the adjective deep describes matters that that the disciples of Jezebel consider to be profound and very important. The adherents to Jezebel’s instruction kept this type of subject matter secret which they also thought to be deep in the sense of important or profound. Alternate translation: “the secret things” or “the profound matters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
224	2:24	y2t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ βαθέα τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the deep things that Satan supposedly taught the disciples of Jezebel. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly with a verb. Alternate translation: “the deep things that Satan revealed to them” or “the deep things that Satan taught them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
225	2:24	sgil		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος	1	Here, to put any other burden literally translates as “to throw another heavy load” onto someone to carry in a metaphorical manner. The phrase is an idiom for requiring another difficult command or burdensome order that one must perform besides already existing commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language. Alternate translation: “I do not place any other burden on you” or “I do not impose any other burden upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
226	2:24	ikkh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions	οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος	1	Here, other refers to the phrase “what you have” in the next verse. In other words, Jesus is saying that he will not give these people any additional command beyond what they already have from him. If this is confusing or if it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it in the next verse, you could connect these ideas in a different way. If you do this, you will need to delete the word “However” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “the only burden I will put on you is this:” or “I will only burden you with obeying what I have already commanded you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
227	2:25	tfzk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε	1	Here, what you have refers to the commands that Jesus has already given to the believers in Thyatira. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the commands that I have already given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
228	2:25	vgxm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κρατήσατε	1	See how you translated the verb to hold on tightly to in Revelation 2:13 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
229	2:26	z5xi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ νικῶν	1	See how you translated this generic noun phrase in Revelation 2:7. For the metaphorical expression one who conquers that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase one who conquers in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
230	2:26	aiws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τηρῶν	1	See how you translated this word in Revelation 1:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
231	2:26	v2e0		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὰ ἔργα μου	1	Here, my works does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
232	2:27	c9gu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks	καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται	1	This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
233	2:27	e5kc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ	1	Here, he will shepherd them with a rod of iron expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: “he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron” or “he will govern with a rod of iron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
234	2:27	ksl1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται	1	Here, breaking jars of clay to pieces is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces” or “as jars of clay are shattered to pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
235	2:27	w8pp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	συντρίβεται	1	Here, are broken into pieces expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces” or “he will smash them into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
236	2:28	n9ts		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου	1	Here, some languages may need to know what was received. This could mean: (1) he received authority from his Father. (2) He received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as I also have received power from my Father” or “as I also have received dominion from my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
237	2:28	hr39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	Here, my Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
238	2:28	g5iy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν	1	Here, the morning star represents a star that appears just before dawn and early in the morning. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of the morning star means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) a symbolic image that represents the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
239	2:29	ilk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
240	2:29	ikm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
241	2:29	y6m4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	Here, the Spirit most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in Revelation 1:10. In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
242	3:intro	q1l9				0	Revelation 3 General Notes Structure and formatting Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation I. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22) A. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7) B. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11) C. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17) D. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29) E. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6) F. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13) G. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22) Chapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7. Special concepts in this chapter The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches Jesus uses the phrase I know to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase I know is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression I know indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase I know sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression I know affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase I know as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual angel, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) Seven spirits of God These spirits are the seven spirits of Revelation 1:4. Seven stars These stars are the seven stars of Revelation 1:20. Important figures of speech in this chapter Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking Jesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them (Revelation 3:20). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) “Let the one who has an ear hear” Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase has an ear presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) “what the Spirit says to the churches” Here, the Spirit most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in Revelation 1:10. In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The angel of the church” The word angel here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated angel in Revelation 1:20. “Says these things” The verses with the phrase says these things can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in Revelation 1:17. He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase says these things indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) “the one who conquers” The expression the one who conquers refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) The expression the one who conquers refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase the one who conquers occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
243	3:1	k6b7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον	1	General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in Sardis. Sardis is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:11 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
244	3:1	u1zs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	See how you translated angel in Revelation 1:20 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
245	3:1	ouys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	τάδε λέγει	1	See how you translated the phrase says these things in Revelation 2:1 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
246	3:1	un3c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα	1	The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The seven spirits refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
247	3:1	lpfk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα	1	See how you translated the clause I know your works in Revelation 2:2. Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
248	3:1	xtk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὄνομα ἔχεις	1	Here, name is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the name represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated name in Revelation 2:3. Alternate translation: “you have a stature” or “you have a fame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
249	3:1	ty18		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ	1	Here, being alive is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being dead is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being alive, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being dead. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: “you are obedient, but you are disobedient” or “you honor me, but you dishonor me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
250	3:2	l7qg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γίνου γρηγορῶν	1	Here, the command to wake up is a metaphor for the state of being alert or actively vigilant. In other words, being watchful or alert and vigilant is described by the action of waking up from sleep. If your readers would not understand what it means to wake up in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be alert!” or “Be awarel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
251	3:2	d8cw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν	1	Here, the deeds which the believers do are the same works mentioned in the previous verse. These deeds which the believers in Sardis do are described as if they were alive and also in danger of dying. Thus, deeds are referred to as if they were living persons or humans who live and die. If this figure of speech of personification might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative or explicit way. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to prove futile” or “finish the work that remains, which is about to prove useless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
252	3:2	ja1g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	σου τὰ ἔργα	1	See how you translated this word your deeds in Revelation 2:2. Alternate translation: “your works” or “your actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
253	3:2	jq58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	Θεοῦ μου	1	Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the God that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve” or “the God I worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
254	3:3	wcs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας	1	Here, this phrase what you have received and heard refers to God’s word or the teaching of God’s word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard” or “the truth that you received and heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
255	3:3	e324		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τήρει	1	See how you translated this word in Revelation 1:3 and in Revelation 2:26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
256	3:3	gwk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐὰν & μὴ γρηγορήσῃς	1	Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
257	3:3	ypw4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης	1	Here, Jesus will come at a time when people do not expect him, just as a thief comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “I will come unexpectedly” or “I will come without warning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
258	3:4	bpg5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd	ἀλλὰ ἔχεις	1	The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in Revelation 2:2. Alternate translation: “But there are a few of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
259	3:4	fy7f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὀλίγα ὀνόματα	1	Here, the word names represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or “a few persons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
260	3:4	imsu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν	1	Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer’s life as if they were dirty clothes. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be stained in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes” or “have not polluted their clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
261	3:4	x2if		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν	1	Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer’s life as if they were dirty clothes. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they have not stained their clothes. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or “who have kept themselves pure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
262	3:4	x48r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Here, the word to walk is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a walk. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
263	3:4	w5t9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν λευκοῖς	1	Clothes that are white represent a pure life without sin. The color of white also represents victory in eternal life, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be white in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity” or “in victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
264	3:5	v69e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ νικῶν	1	See how you translated this generic noun phrase in Revelation 2:7. For the metaphorical expression one who conquers that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase one who conquers in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
265	3:5	w5k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς	1	Here, one can translate the passive verb clothed as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
266	3:5	hmy4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	λευκοῖς	1	See how you translated this metaphor of the color white in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
267	3:5	wn1x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	Here, I will certainly not wipe his name out refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. Here, the translator should translate the idea of wiping out with whatever verb is most naturally applied to the process of removing someone’s name from a book or list of some sort. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not delete his name out” or “I will certainly not remove his name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
268	3:5	yyu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	Here I will confess his name does not simply mean that Jesus will say the name of the person. Rather, the expression means that Jesus will announce that he possesses the person. In other words, Jesus will proclaim that the person belongs to Jesus himself. Here, his name refers to the person himself by the figure of a metonym. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” or “I will acknowledge that he is mine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
269	3:5	bi3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Here, Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus in the trinity. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
270	3:5	q22s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ	1	See how you translated angel in Revelation 1:20 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
271	3:6	zxc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
272	3:6	k2k6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
273	3:6	i49v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	Here, the Spirit most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in Revelation 1:10. In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
274	3:7	rf9b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον	1	General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in Philadelphia. Philadelphia is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:11 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
275	3:7	ksg4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	See how you translated angel in Revelation 1:20 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
276	3:7	xarn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	τάδε λέγει	1	See how you translated the phrase says these things in Revelation 2:1 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
277	3:7	ih6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ	1	Here, the key is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah’s kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in Matthew 16:19. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: “the key of David’s authority” or “the key of David’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
278	3:7	aam6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει	1	Here, the phrase the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in Isaiah 22:22. If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open” or “the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
279	3:8	k48c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα	1	See how you translated the clause I know your works in Revelation 2:2. Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
280	3:8	t5hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	See how you translated Behold in Revelation 1:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
281	3:8	j1x7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην	1	Here, an open door represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: “I have set before you an open door” or “I have placed before you an open door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
282	3:8	vp9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν	1	See how you translated the word here to shut and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
283	3:8	h90i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν	1	Here, the phrase you have little power is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige” or “you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
284	3:8	xyw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐτήρησάς	1	See how you translated this word in Revelation 1:3 and in Revelation 2:26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
285	3:8	wsws		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	μου τὸν λόγον	1	Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the word or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke” or “my teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
286	3:8	b3kz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here, my name is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or “the name that I have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
287	3:9	vfkb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ	1	See how you translated Behold in Revelation 1:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
288	3:9	x78m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ	1	Here, people who gather to obey or to honor Satan are spoken of as if they were in a synagogue. A synagogue is a place of worship and teaching for the Jewish people. See how you translated this same phrase in Revelation 2:9. In that verse and its context Jesus also declares there that certain Jewish people were not acting like true Jews as the representative people of God. The translator should retain here in this verse the metaphor and simply define the figure of speech of a synagogue of Satan in an explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
289	3:9	q496		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	προσκυνήσουσιν	1	Here, to bow down in front of a person’s feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
290	3:9	ah4w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου	1	Here, feet represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the synagogue of Satan bow down. If this figure of speech of synecdoche would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
291	3:10	f9vi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐτήρησας & τηρήσω	1	See how you translated this word in Revelation 1:3 and in Revelation 2:26 for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
292	3:10	k8mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τὸν λόγον τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου	1	Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the word or command that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke about steadfastness” or “my teaching on steadfastness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
293	3:10	y577		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τῆς ὑπομονῆς	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun steadfastness, you can express it with the verb “to endure.” See how you translated this word in Revelation 1:9 and in Revelation 2:2. Alternate translation: “to suffer patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
294	3:10	ql9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τῆς ὥρας	1	The translator may wish to explain that hour is not sixty minutes. Rather, the hour is a moment of time, or a time period, of testing. If this idiom is not clear in your language, then you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time” or “the moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
295	3:10	gv5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession	τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ	1	Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the hour as a time when God tests all of the world. The subject of testing is God who tests all people during the hour of great suffering. If it is not clear in your language that God is the one who tests the world, then you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hour when God tests” or “the hour of God’s testing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
296	3:10	e6bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι	1	Here, to come describes future being or existence. If your readers would not understand what it means for future existence to come, then you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “that will occur” or “that is about to be” or “that is about to exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
297	3:11	ih12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔρχομαι ταχύ	1	Here, coming quickly implies an arrival of Jesus to judge. It is understood that Jesus is coming in order to judge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implicit meaning in an explicit way. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge quickly” or “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
298	3:11	n9a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	κράτει ὃ ἔχεις	1	See how you translated the verb to Hold fast to in Revelation 2:13 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
299	3:11	a4m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν στέφανόν	1	Here, crown stands for a reward. See how you translated “victory prize” in Revelation 2:10. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
300	3:12	px36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ νικῶν	1	See how you translated this generic noun phrase in Revelation 2:7. For the metaphorical expression one who conquers that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase one who conquers in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
301	3:12	xiwx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου	1	The pillar represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
302	3:13	u5jk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
303	3:13	ug5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
304	3:13	cm7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	Here, the Spirit most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in Revelation 1:10. In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
305	3:14	r6bz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον	1	General Information: This is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in Laodicea. Laodicea is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:11 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
306	3:14	jg3b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τῷ ἀγγέλῳ	1	See how you translated angel in Revelation 1:20 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
307	3:14	wzg9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations	τάδε λέγει	1	See how you translated the phrase says these things in Revelation 2:1 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
308	3:14	f65v			ὁ Ἀμήν	1	Here, The Amen is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them.
309	3:14	btv1			ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, the beginning of the creation of God could refer to: (1) the one who rules over everything that God created. (2) the one through whom God created everything.
310	3:15	pf9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός	1	The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. Here, cold and hot could: (1) represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where “cold” is to be completely against God, and to be “hot” is to be zealous to serve him. (2) both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: “you are like water that is neither cold nor hot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
311	3:15	c60l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα	1	See how you translated the clause I know your works in Revelation 2:2. Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
312	3:16	y9vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου	1	Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them out of the mouth. Alternate translation: “I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
313	3:17	v1pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος, καὶ ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς, καὶ τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός	1	Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “you are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
314	3:18	tmm7			ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς	1	Here, to buy represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The gold refined by fire represents spiritual wealth. The brilliant white garments represents righteousness. And the salve to anoint your eyes represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “to come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
315	3:19	sf66			ζήλευε & καὶ μετανόησον	1	Alternate translation: “be serious and repent”
316	3:20	e6f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	See how you translated Behold in Revelation 1:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
317	3:20	i7gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω	1	Jesus speaks about wanting people to relate to him as if he wanted them to invite him into their home. Alternate translation: “I am like one standing at the door and knocking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
318	3:20	sr5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	κρούω	1	When people want someone to welcome them into their home, they knock on the door. Alternate translation: “I want you to let me come inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
319	3:20	m6n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου	1	Here, my voice refers to Christ speaking. Alternate translation: “hears me speak” or “hears me call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
320	3:20	di8q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	καὶ εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	Some languages might prefer the verb “go” here. Alternate translation: “I will indeed go into his home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
321	3:20	une1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ δειπνήσω μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, eat with him represents being together as friends. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
322	3:21	h9pf			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: This is the end of the Son of Man’s messages to the angels of the seven churches.
323	3:21	n83q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun	ὁ νικῶν	1	See how you translated this generic noun phrase in Revelation 2:7. For the metaphorical expression one who conquers that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase one who conquers in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
324	3:21	mn2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου	1	To sit down on a throne means to rule. Alternate translation: “to rule with me” or “to sit down on my throne and rule with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
325	3:21	un17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Here, Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
326	3:22	m13x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
327	3:22	mjv6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7 (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
328	3:22	vnr6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	Here, the Spirit most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in Revelation 1:10. In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
329	4:intro	cl9f				0	Revelation 4 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11. John has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him. Special concepts in this chapter Jasper, carnelian, and emerald These words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones. Twenty-four elders Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) Seven spirits of God These spirits are the seven spirits of Revelation 1:4. Giving glory to God God’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Difficult images Such things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
330	4:1	ws2q			General Information:	0	General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the throne of God.
331	4:1	vh4i			μετὰ ταῦτα	1	See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:1-3:22 Alternate translation: “After I had just seen these things”
332	4:1	suqj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	See how you translated behold in Revelation 1:7. Here, it is more natural to avoid the usual “pay attention” in the UST. The translator should probably be less literal in the translation here of behold due to the unique context (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
333	4:1	z8r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θύρα ἠνεῳγμένη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ	1	The expression open door in heaven stands for the ability that God gave John to see into heaven, at least by means of a vision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
334	4:1	a49s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς σάλπιγγος λαλούσης μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state explicitly how the voice was like a trumpet. Alternate translation: “speaking to me loudly like the sound of a trumpet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
335	4:1	j713			σάλπιγγος	1	A trumpet is a instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:10.
336	4:2	ie3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι	1	John speaks of being influenced by God’s Spirit as if he were in the Spirit. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:10. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit” or “the Spirit influenced me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
337	4:2	nmlw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	See how you translated behold in Revelation 1:7. Here, it is more natural to avoid the usual “pay attention” in the UST. The translator should probably be less literal in the translation here of behold due to the unique context (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
338	4:3	m4mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	λίθῳ, ἰάσπιδι καὶ σαρδίῳ	1	The terms jasper and carnelian refer to valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal, and carnelian may have been red. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
339	4:3	aap1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σμαραγδίνῳ	1	An emerald is a green, valuable stone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
340	4:4	b695		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	εἴκοσι τέσσαρας πρεσβυτέρους	1	Interpreters debate the symbolic meaning of 24 as the number of the elders. The symbolic significance of the term elders is also debated, but it probably indicates the church or the people of God at the time that John wrote the book of Revelation. In this sense, the leaders of the church represent the church or the saints that comprise the church. Alternate translation: “24 church leaders” or “24 older saints” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
341	4:5	ryb1			ἀστραπαὶ	1	Use your language’s way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears.
342	4:5	u1da			φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί	1	Here, rumblings are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder.
343	4:5	e1jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The seven spirits refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
344	4:6	ja33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θάλασσα ὑαλίνη	1	If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can state how it was like glass or a sea. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” (2) glass is spoken of as if it were a sea. Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
345	4:6	cv9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοία κρυστάλλῳ	1	If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like crystal. Alternate translation: “clear as crystal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
346	4:6	fr7x			ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου	1	Alternate translation: “immediately around the throne” or “close to the throne and around it”
347	4:6	b66k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τέσσαρα ζῷα	1	Interpreters debate what the symbolic significance of four and of living creatures precisely is. The translator should keep the phrase literal and allow the symbolic significance to stand in the translation or rendition. Alternate translation: “four animate beings” or “four living things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
348	4:7	d84n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον ἔχων τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ	1	How the head of each living creature appeared to John is expressed as a comparison with something more familiar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
349	4:7	b9tx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ζῷον	1	See how you translated living creature in Revelation 4:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
350	4:8	n8g2			κυκλόθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν γέμουσιν ὀφθαλμῶν	1	The top and bottom of each wing was covered with eyes.
351	4:8	y1u5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἐρχόμενος	1	Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
352	4:9	tljo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὰ ζῷα	1	See how you translated living creatures in Revelation 4:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
353	4:9	xj6b			τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ, τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων	1	This is one person. The one who sits on the throne lives forever and ever.
354	4:9	a19z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων	1	These two words mean about the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
355	4:10	c2vg			πεσοῦνται	1	They purposely lie down facing the ground to show that they are worshiping.
356	4:10	s4mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	πρεσβύτεροι	1	See how you translated elders in Revelation 4:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
357	4:10	sly8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου	1	The elders were respectfully placing the crowns on the ground, showing that they were submitting to God’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “they lay their crowns before the throne to show that they were submitting to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
358	4:10	wvf9			βαλοῦσιν	1	This could refers to: (1) placing something. (2) throwing down forcibly, as of something worthless (Revelation 2:22). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully.
359	4:11	idj1			ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν	1	Here, our Lord and God is one person, the one who was sitting on the throne.
360	4:11	q91l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν	1	Here, the glory and the honor and the power are things that God always has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. Alternate translation: “to be praised for your glory, honor, and power” or “for everyone to praise you because you are glorious, honorable, and powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
361	5:intro	g7ey				0	Revelation 5 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13. Special concepts in this chapter Sealed scroll Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]]) Twenty-four elders Elders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) Christian prayers The prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray. Seven spirits of God These spirits are the seven spirits of Revelation 1:4. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphors The “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words Root of David speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
362	5:1	txr5			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: John continues to describe what he saw in his vision of the throne of God.
363	5:1	w3yi			καὶ εἶδον	1	Alternate translation: “After I saw those things, I saw”
364	5:1	u3br			τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου	1	This is the same one as in Revelation 4:2-3.
365	5:1	yhm3			βιβλίον, γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν	1	Alternate translation: “a scroll with writing on the front and the back”
366	5:1	aj7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	κατεσφραγισμένον σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά	1	Here, seven seals represents seven pieces of wax that secured documents closed. Melted wax was used to seal letters or other documents that needed to be protected. When the wax cooled and hardened, the letter could not be opened without breaking the wax seal. The person who received the letter would see the unbroken seal and know that no one had opened it. Alternate translation: “and it had seven seals keeping it closed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
367	5:2	r2vt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events	τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ?	1	Someone would need to break the seals in order to open the scroll. Alternate translation: “Who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
368	5:2	v4r4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ?	1	If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can translate it as a statement: “Show us who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
369	5:3	lj9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς	1	Here, the entire clause and all of its descriptions of parts of the cosmos or universe represent a merism. Essentially, the entire clause means everywhere. In other words, the entire clause represents the following: the place where God and the angels live, the place where people and animals live, and the place where those who have died are. Alternate translation: “anywhere in heaven or on the earth or under the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
370	5:5	dm5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἰδοὺ	1	See how you translated Behold in Revelation 1:7. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
371	5:5	dohb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	See how you translated elders in Revelation 4:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
372	5:5	j67w			ὁ λέων ὁ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα	1	This is a title for the man from the tribe of Judah that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: “The one who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah” or “The king who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah”
373	5:5	b6wg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λέων	1	The king is spoken of as if he were a Lion because a lion is very strong. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
374	5:5	i89j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ἡ ῥίζα Δαυείδ	1	This is a title for the descendant of David that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: “the one who is called the Root of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
375	5:5	z3vw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ ῥίζα Δαυείδ	1	The descendant is spoken of as if David’s family were a tree and he were a root of that tree. Alternate translation: “the Descendant of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
376	5:6	v99j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, Ἀρνίον ἑστηκὸς	1	General Information: Here, in the middle of describes a setting in which the four living creatures surround the central throne for the Lamb that exists in the center of the imagery or vision. The elders are sitting on thrones that also surround the central throne and the four living creatures. However, the elders are further out and even more removed in terms of relative space from the center of the throne for the Lamb than are the the four living creatures. Where the Lamb is standing in relation to the throne is not entirely clear and should not be translated very specifically. Thus, the translator should avoid specifying the exact details of where the Lamb stands in his relative location with the throne. If this spatial relationship is confusing in your language, then the translator might give a less confusing description by stating generally that the Lamb was standing near or at the throne. Alternate translation: “near the throne and the four living creatures and the elders” or “close to the throne and the four living creatures and the elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
377	5:6	zkxf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων	1	See how you translated living creatures in Revelation 4:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
378	5:6	uegz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	See how you translated elders in Revelation 4:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
379	5:6	du51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	Ἀρνίον	1	Here, Lamb symbolically refers Jesus as a sacrifice. The translator should not change the symbol of the Lamb as a picture of sacrifice. Alternate translation: “male sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
380	5:6	o15q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ἐσφαγμένον	1	Here, as though having been killed translates a passive verb phrase that literally means “having been slain”. Thus, the passive verb phrase expresses the fact that the Lamb, although he was alive or living, actually had marks or cuts which indicated that he had died or was killed by others. If your language does not use the passive verb form in this way, you can state this witha an active verb form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as though someone had killed him” or “as though someone had murdered him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
381	5:6	oz6y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	κέρατα ἑπτὰ καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς ἑπτά	1	The number seven is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. See how you translated seven as a symbolic number in Revelation 1:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
382	5:6	erg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The number seven is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The seven spirits refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this symbolic phrase in Revelation 1:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
383	5:6	t7d1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένοι εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν	1	If your language does not use a passive form like sent out here, then you can translate the passive expression with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which God sent out into all the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
384	5:7	egp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go	ἦλθεν	1	He approached the throne. Some languages may use the verb “to go” with a form equivalent to the phrase “he went.” Use whichever verb is more natural in you language. Alternate translation: “he went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
385	5:7	fkax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τῆς δεξιᾶς	1	See the explicit mention of the scroll in the next verse in Revelation 5:8. Alternate translation: “it from the right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
386	5:8	l8a3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα	1	See how you translated living creatures in Revelation 4:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
387	5:8	hals		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	πρεσβύτεροι	1	See how you translated elders in Revelation 4:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
388	5:8	e3fh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	Here, Lamb is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated Lamb in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
389	5:8	uv6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἕκαστος	1	Here, each one could refer to: (1) each one of the elders and living creatures, or, (2) solely each one of the elders. The translator should not make the references explicit since the persons or characters are not clearly identified in the Greek language. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
390	5:8	qak6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	θυμιαμάτων	1	Here, incense symbolizes the prayers of the saints to God. Alternate translation: “aromatic herbs” or “aromatic resins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
391	5:9	voro			ἄξιος	1	See how you translated worthy in Revelation 4:11.
392	5:9	yu7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσφάγης	1	Here, you were slaughtered is a passive verbal phrase that can be turned into an active verbal expression. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they slaughtered you” or “people killed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
393	5:9	qtv5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου	1	Here, blood is a metonym that substitutes for blood. The phrase with your blood can mean “by your death” or “by dying.” Since blood represents a person’s life, losing the blood represents a death or the act of dying. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with your death” or “with your act of dying.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
394	5:9	zzc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany	ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς, καὶ γλώσσης, καὶ λαοῦ, καὶ ἔθνους	1	The clause from every tribe and tongue and people and nation represents a litany. The list in this litany represents all people of the earth and includes every ethnic group that the world contains. Use words in your language that someone would use to include all types of people, races, and ethnic groups which inhabit the world. Alternate translation: “from every ethnic group and tongue and people and nation” or “from every tribe and tongue and race and nation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]])
395	5:10	wn87			βασιλείαν καὶ ἱερεῖς	1	See how you translated kingdom and priests in Revelation 1:06.
396	5:11	xuy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	μυριάδες μυριάδων καὶ χιλιάδες χιλιάδων	1	Here, myriads and thousands refer to numbers that represent so many in their number that people cannot count them. The numbers myriads and thousands simply mean numbers that are so great that they are countless. If people will not understand these numbers in your target language, then you can simply use natural expressions in your language for numbers that are so great that one cannot count them. Use expressions in your language that show huge numbers that are difficult to count. Alternate translation: “millions” or “too many thousands to count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
397	5:12	m6hy			ἄξιόν	1	See how you translated Worthy in Revelation 4:11.
398	5:12	xzbc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὸ Ἀρνίον	1	Here, Lamb is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated Lamb in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
399	5:12	gnv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λαβεῖν	1	Here, to receive may be expressed with an active form in contrast to the passive. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated to receive in Revelation 4:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
400	5:12	w0dv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ πλοῦτον, καὶ σοφίαν, καὶ ἰσχὺν, καὶ τιμὴν, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ εὐλογίαν	1	If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns, you can express them as verbs. See how you translated a similar sentence in Revelation 4:11. Alternate translation: “for everyone to honor, glorify, and praise him because he is powerful, wealthy, wise, and strong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
401	5:13	sad6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς	1	Here, the entire clause and all of its descriptions of parts of the cosmos or universe represent a merism. Essentially, the entire clause means everywhere. See how you translated this in Revelation 5:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
402	5:13	l2sn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τῷ Ἀρνίῳ	1	Here, Lamb is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated Lamb in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
403	5:14	j2f3			ἀμήν!	1	See how you translated Amen in Revelation 1:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
404	6:intro	zkn7				0	Revelation 6 General Notes Structure and formatting The author describes what happened after the Lamb opens each of the first six seals. The Lamb does not open the seventh seal until Chapter 8. Special concepts in this chapter Seven Seals Kings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, the Lamb opens the seals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) The Four Horsemen As the Lamb opens each of the first four seals, the author describes horsemen riding different colored horses. The colors of the horses seem to symbolize how the rider will affect the earth. Important figures of speech in this chapter The Lamb This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Similes In verses 12-14, the author uses several similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
405	6:1	q571		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὸ Ἀρνίον	1	Here, Lamb is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated Lamb in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
406	6:1	g13d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ	1	If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the initial of the seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
407	6:1	i392		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων	1	Connecting Statement: See how you translated seven seals in Revelation 5:1. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
408	6:1	v9td		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς φωνῇ βροντῆς	1	Here, one of the living creatures speaks with a very loud voice. John is using thunder figuratively in a simile to mean a very loud noise for the voice. Alternate translation: “as with a noise of thunder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
409	6:2	t2qg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
410	6:3	bs66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν	1	The word second is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
411	6:3	i1p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου	1	The word second is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
412	6:4	qg8s			ἐξῆλθεν & πυρρός	1	This can the stated as a second sentence. Alternate translation: “came out. It was red like fire” or “came out. It was bright red”
413	6:4	w57m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
414	6:4	je64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
415	6:5	v4us		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην	1	The word third is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
416	6:5	zec1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου	1	The word third is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
417	6:5	rm4y			ζυγὸν	1	A scales is a tool used for weighing things.
418	6:6	b5rr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	χοῖνιξ σίτου & τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν	1	A choenix was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of choenix is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one liter of wheat … three liters of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
419	6:6	v3sn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηναρίου & δηναρίου	1	The denarius was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
420	6:6	ej1v			καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον μὴ ἀδικήσῃς	1	If the oil and wine were harmed, there would be less of them for people to buy, and their prices would go up.
421	6:6	c5ik		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον	1	The oil and the wine probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
422	6:7	mu5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην	1	The word fourth is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
423	6:7	zj87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου	1	The word fourth is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
424	6:8	e11y			ἵππος χλωρός	1	Here, pale is the color of a dead body, so its color is a symbol of death. Alternate translation: “a grey horse”
425	6:8	df32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς	1	Here, the earth represents the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
426	6:8	aj1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς	1	Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
427	6:8	tjw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ῥομφαίᾳ	1	Here, the sword represents war. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
428	6:8	n9x3			ὑπὸ τῶν θηρίων τῆς γῆς	1	This means that Death and Hades would cause the wild animals to attack and kill people.
429	6:9	bv8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα	1	The word fifth is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
430	6:9	n3mi			ὑποκάτω τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου	1	This may have been “at the base of the altar.”
431	6:9	b2kp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῶν ἐσφαγμένων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
432	6:9	y8c6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον	1	Here, the word of God is a metonym for the message from God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
433	6:9	x1yr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον	1	Here, held is a metaphor. Here, holding the testimony could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the teachings of scripture and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
434	6:10	qz1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκδικεῖς τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν	1	Here, blood represents their deaths. Alternate translation: “punish those who killed us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
435	6:11	bq1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί	1	This implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should be killed by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
436	6:11	q9xh			καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν	1	This is one group of people described in two ways: as fellow servants and as brothers. Alternate translation: “their brothers who serve God with them” or “their fellow believers who serve God with them”
437	6:11	p615		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s brothers. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
438	6:12	z9qm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην	1	The word sixth is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
439	6:12	xu8l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	μέλας ὡς σάκκος	1	Sometimes sackcloth was made of black hair. People would wear sackcloth when they were mourning. The image of sackcloth is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning. Alternate translation: “as black as mourning clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
440	6:12	g7rt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς αἷμα	1	The image of blood is meant to lead people to think of death. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was like blood. Alternate translation: “red like blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
441	6:13	s137		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
442	6:14	jyb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον	1	The sky was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and rolled up. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
443	6:15	m6j6			οἱ χιλίαρχοι	1	Here, the generals refers to the warriors who command in the battle.
444	6:15	vl6h			τὰ σπήλαια	1	These caves are large holes in the sides of hills.
445	6:16	f4bj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	προσώπου τοῦ	1	Here, face represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
446	6:16	g0ed		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	Here, Lamb is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated Lamb in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
447	6:17	bd8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτῶν	1	The great day of their wrath refers to the time when they would punish wicked people. Alternate translation: “this is the terrible time when they will punish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
448	6:17	i7t4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν	1	Existing now is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
449	6:17	cq9e			ὀργῆς αὐτῶν	1	Here, their refers to the one on the throne and the Lamb.
450	6:17	r1ta		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τίς δύναται σταθῆναι?	1	Surviving, or staying alive, is spoken of as standing. Alternate translation: “Who can survive?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
451	6:17	pmn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται σταθῆναι?	1	This question is used to express their great sadness and fear that no one will be able to survive when God punishes them. Alternate translation: “no one can survive!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
452	7:intro	f27i				0	Revelation 7 General Notes Structure and formatting Scholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to fully understand what this chapter means to accurately translate its contents. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) It is important to accurately translate the large numbers in this chapter. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand. Translators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter the same as they are generally listed in the Old Testament. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17. Special concepts in this chapter Worship God saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshipping him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter The Lamb This refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
453	7:1	b1yl			General Information:	0	General Information: John begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal.
454	7:1	id3y			τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς	1	The earth is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase the four corners refers to the north, south, east, and west.
455	7:2	sgq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σφραγῖδα	1	Here, the seal refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. Alternate translation: “the marker” or “stamp” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
456	7:3	upb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	σφραγίσωμεν τοὺς δούλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν	1	Here, to seal refers to placing a mark on something. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: “we put a mark on the foreheads of the servants of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
457	7:3	je8m			μετώπων	1	The forehead is the top of the face, above the eyes.
458	7:4	m58v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God’s angel marked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
459	7:4	lh7h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες	1	Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
460	7:5	lyz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	δώδεκα χιλιάδες	1	Alternate translation: “12,000 people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
461	7:9	cj5k			General Information:	0	General Information: John begins to describe a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal.
462	7:9	ioxw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	Here, Lamb is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated Lamb in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
463	7:9	au1m			ὄχλος πολύς	1	Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people”
464	7:9	v63z			στολὰς λευκάς	1	Here the color white represents purity.
465	7:10	m5az			ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “Salvation comes from our God”
466	7:10	vlv1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν, τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ καὶ τῷ Ἀρνίῳ	1	They were praising God and the Lamb. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract Salvation, you can express it with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
467	7:10	e31m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τῷ Ἀρνίῳ	1	Here, Lamb is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated Lamb in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
468	7:11	a45p			τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων	1	These are the four living creatures mentioned in Revelation 4:6-8.
469	7:11	aja9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔπεσαν & ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	Here, fell on their faces is an idiom that means hey lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in Revelation 4:10. Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
470	7:12	lf1m			ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ἡ σοφία, καὶ ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς, τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν	1	Alternate translation: “Our God is worthy of all praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power and strength”
471	7:12	q3gt			εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ἡ σοφία, καὶ ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς, τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν	1	You can use the verb “give” to show how praise, glory, wisdom, thanksgiving, honor, power, and strength are to be to our God. Alternate translation: “We must give praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power, and strength to our God”
472	7:12	d74f			εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων	1	These two words forever and ever mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the praise will never end.
473	7:13	wz8z			περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς τὰς λευκὰς	1	These white robes showed that they were righteous.
474	7:14	p6en			οἱ ἐρχόμενοι ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης	1	Alternate translation: “the one who have survived the great tribulation” or “are the people who have lived through the great tribulation”
475	7:14	u6fc			τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης	1	Alternate translation: “the time of terrible suffering” or “the time when people suffered terribly”
476	7:14	b7mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλεύκαναν αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	Being made righteous by the blood of the Lamb is spoken of as washing their robes in his blood. Alternate translation: “they have been made righteous by washing their robes white in his blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
477	7:14	ym21		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	Here, blood is used to refer to the death of Lamb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
478	7:14	xl4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	Here, Lamb is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated Lamb in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
479	7:15	qs23			εἰσιν & αὐτούς	1	Here, they and them refer to those people who have come out of the great tribulation.
480	7:15	us3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς	1	Here, day and night are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
481	7:15	k9f2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	σκηνώσει ἐπ’ αὐτούς	1	Protecting them is spoken of as if he were giving them shelter to live under. Alternate translation: “will shelter them” or “will protect them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
482	7:16	p6u7			οὐ πεινάσουσιν & αὐτοὺς	1	Here, They and them refer to those people who have come out of the great tribulation.
483	7:16	t45h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἥλιος	1	The heat of the sun is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: “and the sun will not burn them” or “and the sun will not make them weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
484	7:17	gs3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὸ Ἀρνίον	1	Here, Lamb is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated Lamb in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
485	7:17	b5rp			τὸ Ἀρνίον τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνου	1	Alternate translation: “the Lamb, who is standing in the middle of the area around the throne”
486	7:17	wc49			αὐτούς & αὐτοὺς	1	Both occurrences of them refer to those people who have come out of the great tribulation.
487	7:17	bi5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον & ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς	1	The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “for the Lamb … will be like a shepherd to them” or “for the Lamb … will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
488	7:17	m6m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων	1	The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were springs of fresh water. Alternate translation: “he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water” or “he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
489	7:17	g3d2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1	Here, a tear represents sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
490	8:intro	ma7f				0	Revelation 8 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Seven seals and seven trumpets This chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Passive voice John uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Similes In verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
491	8:1	d652			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The Lamb opens the seventh seal.
492	8:1	mh2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην	1	This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. The word seventh is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “the final seal” or “seal number seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
493	8:2	fri9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες	1	Each of the seven angels were given one trumpet. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God gave them seven trumpets. (2) the Lamb gave them seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
494	8:3	f9g9			δώσει	1	Alternate translation: “he would offer the incense to God by burning it”
495	8:4	lq1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου	1	This refers to the bowl in the angel’s hand. Alternate translation: “from the bowl in the angel’s hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
496	8:5	l79w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγέμισεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς	1	Here, the fire probably refers to burning coals. Alternate translation: “filled it with burning coals” or “filled it with coals of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
497	8:7	g5gp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw the hail and fire mixed with blood down onto the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
498	8:7	ga1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκάη, καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν δένδρων κατεκάη, καὶ πᾶς χόρτος χλωρὸς κατεκάη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “it burned up a third of the earth, a third of the trees, and all the green grass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
499	8:8	rnh8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος	1	The word second is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next angel” or “angel number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
500	8:8	uw2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὡς ὄρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον, ἐβλήθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw something like a great mountain burning with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
501	8:8	ev7g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	ἐγένετο τὸ τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα	1	If your readers would misunderstand the fraction a third, you can explain it in translation. Alternate translation: “it was like the sea was divided into three parts, and one of those parts became blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
502	8:8	k43y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐγένετο & αἷμα	1	Here, became blood could mean: (1) it became red like blood. (2) it really became blood. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
503	8:9	vgf4			τῶν κτισμάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα ψυχάς	1	Alternate translation: “of the things living in the sea” or “of the fish and other animals that lived in the sea”
504	8:10	n8ue		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ μέγας, καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς	1	The fire of the huge star looked similar to the fire of a torch. Alternate translation: “a huge star that was blazing like a torch fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
505	8:10	int4			λαμπάς	1	A torch a stick with one end lit on fire to provide light.
506	8:11	as2n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ Ἄψινθος	1	Wormwood is a shrub that tastes bitter. People made medicine out of it, but they also believed that it was poisonous. Alternate translation: “the name of the star is Bitterness” or “the name of the star is Bitter Medicine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
507	8:11	gei4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγένετο & ἄψινθον	1	The bitter taste of the water is spoken of as if it were wormwood. Alternate translation: “became bitter like wormwood” or “became bitter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
508	8:11	g4q5			ἀπέθανον ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι ἐπικράνθησαν	1	Alternate translation: “died when they drank the bitter water”
509	8:12	z936		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου	1	Causing something bad to happen to the sun is spoken of as striking, or hitting, it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
510	8:12	dfm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a third of the sun changed” or “God changed a third of the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
511	8:12	ukh6			σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν	1	The phrase a third of then turned dark could mean: (1) one third of the time, they were dark. (2) one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark.
512	8:12	t1ag			ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως	1	Alternate translation: “there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night” or “they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night”
513	8:13	x375		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος τῶν τριῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μελλόντων σαλπίζειν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
514	9:intro	sq5c				0	Revelation 9 General Notes Structure and formatting In this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) Woe John describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8. Special concepts in this chapter Animal imagery This chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used. Bottomless pit This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]]) Abaddon and Apollyon “Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) Repentance Despite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Simile John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
515	9:1	d26c			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
516	9:1	jim6			εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα	1	John saw the star after it had fallen. He did not watch if fall.
517	9:1	v12j			ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	Alternate translation: “the key that unlocks the shaft of the bottomless pit”
518	9:1	cjr9			τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	Here, shaft could be: (1) another way of referring to the abyss and describes it as long and narrow. (2) the opening of the abyss.
519	9:1	p886			τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	The abyss is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom.
520	9:2	tp79		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου μεγάλης	1	A huge furnace gives off a great amount of thick, dark smoke. Alternate translation: “like the great amount of smoke that comes from a huge furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
521	9:2	nd4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐσκοτώθη	1	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase were darkened, you can state it inm active form. Alternate translation: “became dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
522	9:3	mb9m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἀκρίδες	1	The locusts are insects that fly together in large groups. People fear them because they can eat up all the leaves in gardens and on trees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
523	9:3	a4e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐδόθη αὐταῖς ἐξουσία, ὡς ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν οἱ σκορπίοι	1	These scorpions have the ability to sting and poison people. Alternate translation: “they have the ability to sting people as scorpions do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
524	9:3	mjf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκορπίοι	1	A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger on its tail. Its sting is extremely painful and the pain lasts a long time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
525	9:4	cl6p			ἐρρέθη αὐταῖς, ἵνα μὴ ἀδικήσουσιν τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ πᾶν χλωρὸν, οὐδὲ πᾶν δένδρον	1	Ordinary locusts were a terrible threat to people because when they swarm, they can eat up all the grass and all the leaves on plants and trees. These locusts were told not to do this.
526	9:4	pb9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1	The phrase “to damage” or “to harm” is understood. Alternate translation: “but only to harm the men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
527	9:4	gi1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, seal refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. See how you translated “seal” in Revelation 7:3. Alternate translation: “the marker of God” or “stamp of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
528	9:4	tl6n			μετώπων	1	The forehead is the top of the face, above the eyes.
529	9:5	rui1			ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς	1	Here, them refers to the locusts. (Revelation 9:3)
530	9:5	vfj7			αὐτούς	1	Here, them refers to the people whom the locusts were stinging.
531	9:5	nm7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βασανισθήσονται μῆνας πέντε	1	If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase will be tormented, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the locusts will torment the people for five months” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
532	9:5	a3dw			βασανισθήσονται	1	Alternate translation: “will suffer terrible pain”
533	9:5	qtk9			βασανισμὸς σκορπίου	1	A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death.
534	9:6	p4mb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ζητήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν θάνατον, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν αὐτόν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun death, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “people will try to find a way to die, but will not find it” or “people will try to kill themselves, but will not find a way to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
535	9:6	f1b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φεύγει ὁ θάνατος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν	1	John speaks of death as if it were a person or animal that could run away. Alternate translation: “they will not be able to die” or “they will not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
536	9:7	zh82			General Information:	0	General Information: These locusts did not look like ordinary locusts. John describes them by telling how parts of them looked like other things.
537	9:10	mac3			ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς	1	Here, they refers to the locusts.
538	9:10	qdc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὁμοίας σκορπίοις καὶ κέντρα	1	A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 9:6. Alternate translation: “with stingers like scorpion stingers” or “with stingers that could cause terrible pain as scorpion stingers can” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
539	9:10	lim1			ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε	1	This could mean: (1) they had power for five months to harm people. (2) they could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months.
540	9:11	fiu6			τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	The abyss is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in Revelation 9:1.
541	9:11	bkg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἀβαδδών & Ἀπολλύων	1	Both Abaddon and Apollyon mean “Destroyer.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
542	9:12	ts26		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔρχεται ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ	1	Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
543	9:13	cyb6			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The sixth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
544	9:13	x4md		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἤκουσα φωνὴν μίαν ἐκ	1	The voice refers to the one who was speaking. John does not say who the speaker was, but it may have been God. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
545	9:13	q3a3			τῶν κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ	1	These are horn-shaped extensions at each of the four corners of the top of the altar.
546	9:14	iq5t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	λέγουσαν	1	This one who is speaking is the voice in verse 13. Alternate translation: “the voice said” or “the speaker said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
547	9:14	su17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους, τοὺς δεδεμένους	1	The text does not say who has bound the angels, but it implies that God told someone to bind them. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the four angels whom God has commanded them to bind” or “the four angels whom God has commanded someone to bind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
548	9:15	ijx2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel released the four angels who had been prepared for that hour and day and month and year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
549	9:15	p3w1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the four angels whom God had prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
550	9:15	b3d6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	εἰς τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν	1	These words are used to show that there is a specific, chosen time and not just any time. Alternate translation: “for that exact time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
551	9:16	h8uf			General Information:	0	General Information: Suddenly, a huge number of soldiers on horseback appear in John’s vision. John is no longer speaking about the four angels mentioned in the previous verse.
552	9:16	ays5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	δύο μυριάδες μυριάδων	1	Some ways to express two myriads are: “two hundred million” or “two hundred thousand thousand” or “twenty thousand times ten thousand.” If your language does not have a specific number for this, you could also see how you translated a similar large number in Revelation 5:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
553	9:17	j5n9			πυρίνους	1	See how you translated this in Revelation 6:3. Alternate translation: “red like fire” or “bright red”
554	9:17	pqe8			θειώδεις	1	Alternate translation: “yellow like sulfur” or “bright yellow like sulfur”
555	9:18	x4fr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	See how you translated “A third” in Revelation 8:7. Alternate translation: “One third of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
556	9:20	xf3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the plagues had not killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
557	9:20	d3vn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν δύνανται, οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν	1	This phrase reminds us that idols are not alive and do not deserve to be worshiped. But the people did not stop worshiping them. Alternate translation: “even though these idols cannot see, hear, or walk” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
558	10:intro	ys3l				0	Revelation 10 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Seven thunders John here describes the seven thunders as making sounds that he could understand as words. However, translators should use their normal word for “thunder” when translating these verses. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) “The mystery of God” This refers to some aspect of the hidden plan of God. It is not necessary to know what this mystery is to translate it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Simile John uses similes to help him describe the face, legs, and voice of the mighty angel. Translators should understand other objects in this chapter, such as the rainbow and the cloud, with their normal meanings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
559	10:1	xr6f			General Information:	0	General Information: John begins to describe a vision of a mighty angel holding a scroll. In John’s vision he is viewing what is happening from earth. This takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets.
560	10:1	jj2e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην	1	John speaks of the angel as if he were wearing a cloud as his clothing. This expression may be understood as metaphor. However, because very unusual things were often seen in visions, it might be understood as a literally true statement in its context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
561	10:1	qax6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος	1	John compares the brightness of his face with the brightness of the sun. Alternate translation: “his face was bright like the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
562	10:1	p81x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὡς στῦλοι πυρός	1	Here, feet refers to the legs. Alternate translation: “his legs were like pillars of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
563	10:3	ubb9			καὶ ἔκραξεν	1	Alternate translation: “then the angel shouted”
564	10:3	r4j6			ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ	1	The seven thunders are described as if they were people who could speak. Alternate translation: “the seven thunders made a loud noise” or “the thunder sounded very loudly seven times”
565	10:3	qag8			ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ	1	This may refer to thunder occurring seven times, yet being spoken of as if it were seven different thunders.
566	10:4	az1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Here, voice refers to words spoken by someone other than the angel. Alternate translation: “but I heard someone speaking from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
567	10:5	l5xy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	ἦρεν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ τὴν δεξιὰν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν	1	He raised his right hand to heaven to show that he was swearing by God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
568	10:6	t2f6			ὤμοσεν τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων	1	Alternate translation: “and he asked that what he was going to say would be confirmed by the one who lives forever and ever”
569	10:6	gmm8			τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων	1	Here, the one who lives forever and ever refers to God.
570	10:6	egm1			χρόνος οὐκέτι ἔσται	1	Alternate translation: “There will be no more waiting” or “God will not delay”
571	10:7	c5gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐτελέσθη τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will accomplish his mystery” or “God will complete his secret plan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
572	10:8	t61f			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: John hears the voice from heaven, which he had heard in Revelation 10:4, speak to him again.
573	10:8	v6a9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Here, voice refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: “the one I heard speak from heaven” or “the one who had spoken to me from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
574	10:8	tkq7			ἤκουσα	1	John heard.
575	10:9	x13b			λέγει μοι	1	Alternate translation: “the angel said to me”
576	10:9	tg31			πικρανεῖ σου τὴν κοιλίαν	1	This refers to a bad taste from the stomach after eating something that is not good. Alternate translation: “it will make your stomach sour”
577	10:11	ahb4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γλώσσαις	1	Here, tongues refers to the people who speak the languages. Alternate translation: “many language communities” or “many groups of people who speak their own languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
578	11:intro	s117				0	Revelation 11 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17-18. Woe John describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter describes a second and third “woe” announced at the end of Chapter 8. Special concepts in this chapter Gentiles The word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]]) Two witnesses Scholars have suggested many different ideas about these two witnesses. Translators do not need to understand this passage to accurately translate it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Bottomless pit This image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
579	11:1	ba9b			General Information:	0	General Information: John begins to describe a vision about receiving a measuring rod and two witnesses that God appointed. This vision also takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets.
580	11:1	lkn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “sSomeone gave me a reed like a measuring rod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
581	11:1	tl86			ἐδόθη μοι & λέγων	1	Here, me refers to John.
582	11:1	ha6e			τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “count those who worship in the temple”
583	11:2	jae6			πατήσουσιν	1	To trample to treat something as worthless by walking on it.
584	11:3	h8vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους	1	You can make it explicit why they will wear sackcloth. Alternate translation: “wearing rough mourning clothes” or “wearing scratchy clothes to show that they are very sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
585	11:4	pa44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου τῆς γῆς ἑστῶτες	1	The two olive trees and the two lampstands symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “The two olive trees and the two lampstands that have stood before the Lord of the earth represent these witnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
586	11:4	p6mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ	1	John expects his readers to know about the two olive trees and the two lampstands because many years earlier another prophet had written about them. Alternate translation: “the two olive trees and the two lampstands, told about in scripture, that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
587	11:5	nr2s			πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν	1	Because this is about future events, you can state this in the future tense. Alternate translation: “fire will come out of their mouth and devour their enemies”
588	11:5	ab6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πῦρ & κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν	1	Here, fire burning and killing people is spoken of as if it were an animal that could eat them up. Alternate translation: “fire … will destroy their enemies” or “fire … will completely burn up their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
589	11:6	cac1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ	1	John speaks of the sky as if it had a door that someone can open to let rain fall or close to stop the rain. Alternate translation: “to keep rain from falling from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
590	11:6	a7ed			στρέφειν	1	Alternate translation: “to change”
591	11:6	kth7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πατάξαι τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ	1	John speaks of the plagues as if they were a stick that someone could hit the earth with. Alternate translation: “to cause all kinds of trouble to occur on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
592	11:7	i679			Ἀβύσσου	1	The abyss is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in Revelation 9:1.
593	11:8	r45p			τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν	1	Here, their corpses refers to the bodies of the two witnesses.
594	11:8	p9fu			ἐπὶ τῆς πλατείας τῆς πόλεως τῆς μεγάλης	1	The city had more than one street. This was a public place where people could see them. Alternate translation: “in one of the streets of the great city” or “in the main street of the great city”
595	11:8	iea1			ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν	1	They served the Lord, and like him, would die in that city.
596	11:9	h3i2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἥμισυ	1	Alternate translation: “three full days and one half day” or “3.5 days” or “3-1/2 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
597	11:9	bp61			τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν οὐκ ἀφίουσιν τεθῆναι εἰς μνῆμα	1	They will leave their bodies in the street as a sign of disrespect.
598	11:10	dm89			χαίρουσιν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς, καὶ εὐφραίνονται	1	Alternate translation: “will rejoice and celebrate that the two witnesses have died”
599	11:10	trs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction	δῶρα πέμψουσιν ἀλλήλοις	1	Sending gifts to one another shows how happy the people were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
600	11:10	h4pq			ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ δύο προφῆται ἐβασάνισαν τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	This is the reason that the people will be so happy that the witnesses have died.
601	11:11	x3gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἥμισυ	1	Alternate translation: “three full days and one half day” or “3.5 days” or “3-1/2 days.” See how you translated this in Revelation 11:9. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
602	11:11	al5w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πνεῦμα ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτούς	1	The ability to breathe is spoken of as if it were something that can go into people. Alternate translation: “God will cause the two witnesses to breathe again and live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
603	11:11	u265		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φόβος μέγας ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας αὐτούς	1	Here, fear is spoken of as if it were a object that can fall on people. Alternate translation: “those who see them will be extremely afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
604	11:12	f8ze			καὶ ἤκουσαν	1	Here, they heard could mean: (1) the two witnesses will hear. (2) the people will hear what is said to the two witnesses.
605	11:12	mkq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Here, a loud voice refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly to them from heaven and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
606	11:12	l1x7			λεγούσης αὐτοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “saying to the two witnesses”
607	11:13	fa14			οἱ λοιποὶ	1	Alternate translation: “those who do not die” or “those who are still living”
608	11:13	f4r2			ἔδωκαν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “said that the God of heaven is glorious”
609	11:14	l7jp			ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ δευτέρα ἀπῆλθεν	1	See how you translated “The first woe is past” in Revelation 9:12. Alternate translation: “The second terrible event is over”
610	11:14	j1m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη ἔρχεται ταχύ	1	Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. Alternate translation: “The third woe will happen soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
611	11:15	l1be			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The last of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet.
612	11:15	sxx9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος	1	This is the last of the seven angels. See how you translated seventh in Revelation 8:1. The word seventh is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the final angel” or “angel number seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
613	11:15	zt2f			ἐγένοντο φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαι	1	The phrase loud voices represents speakers who spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “speakers in heaven spoke loudly and said”
614	11:15	jsm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Here, kingdom refers to the authority to rule the world. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world has become the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
615	11:15	en51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	Here, the world refers to every person in the world. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
616	11:15	sw4u			ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “Our Lord and his Christ are now the rulers of the world”
617	11:16	s2nv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν	1	Here, fell upon their faces is an idiom that means they lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in Revelation 4:10. Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
618	11:17	dw6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	σοι, Κύριε ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν	1	You can state these phrases as sentences. Alternate translation: “you, Lord God, the ruler over all. You are the one who is, and you are the one who was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
619	11:17	fq4b			ὁ ὢν	1	Alternate translation: “the one who exists” or “the one who lives”
620	11:17	ea29			ὁ ἦν	1	Alternate translation: “who has always existed” or “who has always lived”
621	11:17	fe2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴληφας τὴν δύναμίν σου τὴν μεγάλην	1	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can state explicitly what God did with his great power. Alternate translation: “you have defeated with your power everyone who has rebelled against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
622	11:18	qw72			General Information:	0	General Information: The words you and your refer to God.
623	11:18	iv5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν ἡ ὀργή σου	1	Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. Alternate translation: “you are ready to show your anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
624	11:18	h833		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῶν νεκρῶν κριθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to judge the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
625	11:18	zk1u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj	τῶν νεκρῶν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the nominal adjective dead, you can state it as a verb or adjective. Alternate translation: “for those who have died” or “for the dead people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
626	11:18	k3ba		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	Here, name is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “to those who fear you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
627	11:19	c7pd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone opened God’s temple in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
628	11:19	d9z7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I saw the ark of his covenant in his temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
629	11:19	b6ly			ἀστραπαὶ	1	Use your language’s way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in Revelation 4:5.
630	11:19	ap5g			φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταὶ	1	Here, loud sounds and crashes of thunder refers to the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in Revelation 4:5.
631	12:intro	cq7x				0	Revelation 12 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10-12. Special concepts in this chapter Serpent The Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. For example, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “A great sign was seen in heaven” By using the passive voice here, John does not say who saw this great sign in heaven. The translation may be difficult when the subject is unclear, if your language does not have a passive voice. Many English translations use the past tense here and say “A great sign appeared in heaven.” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])
632	12:1	n4ii			General Information:	0	General Information: John begins to describe a woman who appears in his vision.
633	12:1	j9yl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a woman who was wearing the sun and had the moon under her feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
634	12:3	y4c1			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: John describes a dragon that appears in his vision.
635	12:3	s1j6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	δράκων	1	The dragon was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
636	12:4	ii1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction	τὸ τρίτον	1	See how you translated this in Revelation 8:7. Alternate translation: “one third” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]])
637	12:5	zr5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιμαίνειν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ	1	Here, ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling with an iron rod. See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 2:27. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
638	12:5	kfr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡρπάσθη τὸ τέκνον αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God quickly took her child to himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
639	12:7	wh37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	δράκοντος	1	The dragon was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in Revelation 12:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
640	12:8	uj6a			οὐδὲ τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ	1	Alternate translation: “so the dragon and his angels could no longer stay in heaven”
641	12:9	pk5u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν	1	You can give the information about the serpent in a separate sentence after the statement that it was thrown down to the earth. Alternate translation: “the great dragon was thrown down to earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. He is the old serpent who deceives the world and is called the devil or Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
642	12:9	v1tp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the great dragon—the ancient serpent, who people also call the devil and Satan—and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
643	12:10	jb7z			ἤκουσα	1	The word I refers to John.
644	12:10	i112		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ	1	Here, the voice refers to someone who speaks. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying loudly from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
645	12:10	nt1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ	1	God saving people by his power is spoken of as if his salvation and power were things that have come. God’s ruling and Christ’s authority are also spoken of as if they have come. Alternate translation: “Now God has saved his people by his power, God rules as king, and his Christ has all authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
646	12:10	a5fm			ἐγένετο	1	God is revealing these things because their time to occur has come. It is not that they did not exist before. Alternate translation: “have begun to really exist” or “have appeared” or “have become real”
647	12:10	yg1a			ἐβλήθη ὁ κατήγορος τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν	1	Here, the accuser of our brothers is the dragon that was thrown down in Revelation 12:9.
648	12:10	a9wf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν	1	Fellow believers are spoken of as if they were brothers. Alternate translation: “our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
649	12:10	jn6q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός	1	These two parts of the day are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
650	12:11	qmg8			αὐτοὶ ἐνίκησαν αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “they conquered the accuser”
651	12:11	zt7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	Here, the blood refers to the death of the Lamb. Alternate translation: “because the Lamb had shed his blood and died for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
652	12:11	lht6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun testimony, you can express it with the verb “testify” and you can state who they testified. Alternate translation: “by what they said when they testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
653	12:11	kuj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν	1	If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can state explicitly what they testified. Alternate translation: “by what they said when they testified to others about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
654	12:11	n6wk			ἄχρι θανάτου	1	The believers told the truth about Jesus, even though they knew that their enemies might try to kill them because of it. Alternate translation: “but they kept testifying even though they knew that they might die for it”
655	12:13	x7st		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἶδεν ὁ δράκων ὅτι ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the dragon realized that God had thrown him out of heaven and sent him to earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
656	12:13	kgv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ὁ δράκων	1	The dragon was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in Revelation 12:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
657	12:14	sxw1			τοῦ ὄφεως	1	Here, the serpent is another way of referring to the dragon.
658	12:15	c73v			ὄφις	1	Here, the serpent is the same being as the dragon mentioned earlier in Revelation 12:9.
659	12:15	y5ml		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς ποταμόν	1	The water flowed from his mouth like a river flows. Alternate translation: “in large volume” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
660	12:15	a9wh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον ποιήσῃ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he might sweep her away with a flood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
661	12:16	i4u5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν, ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the earth is spoken of as if it were a living thing, and a hole in the earth is spoken of as if it were a mouth that could drink up the water. Alternate translation: “a hole in the ground opened up and the river from the dragon went down into the hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
662	12:16	lgt7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	δράκων	1	The dragon was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in Revelation 12:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
663	12:17	f754		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τηρούντων	1	See how you translated this word in Revelation 1:3 and in Revelation 2:26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
664	12:17	t6jf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun testimony, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “who continue to testify about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
665	13:intro	c9mw				0	Revelation 13 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament. Important figures of speech in this chapter Similes John uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Unknown animals John uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
666	13:1	su49			General Information:	0	General Information: John begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. Here, I refers to John.
667	13:2	k6qh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	δράκων	1	The dragon was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in Revelation 12:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
668	13:2	xa3a			ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ	1	The dragon made the beast as powerful as he was. He did not lose his power, however, by giving it to the beast.
669	13:2	c4wx			ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην	1	The words power, throne, and authority are three ways of referring to the dragon’s authority, and together they emphasize that the authority was great.
670	13:2	gyv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ	1	Here, throne refers to the dragon’s authority to rule as king. Alternate translation: “his royal authority” or “his authority to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
671	13:3	yt22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but its fatal wound healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
672	13:3	ba2z			ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου	1	This is an injury that is serious enough to cause a person to die. Alternate translation: “deadly wound”
673	13:3	jc7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅλη ἡ γῆ	1	Here, the whole earth refers to all the people who live anywhere on it. Alternate translation: “all the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
674	13:3	xx3h			ὀπίσω τοῦ θηρίου	1	Alternate translation: “obeyed the beast”
675	13:4	t15f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	δράκοντι	1	The dragon was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in Revelation 12:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
676	13:4	yuu8			ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ	1	Alternate translation: “he had caused the beast to have as much authority as he had”
677	13:4	ep4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ὅμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ, καὶ τίς δύναται πολεμῆσαι μετ’ αὐτοῦ?	1	This question shows how amazed they were about the beast. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is as powerful as the beast or able to fight against it and win!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
678	13:5	p2n5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη αὐτῷ & ἐδόθη αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
679	13:5	y29e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν	1	Being given a mouth refers to being allowed to speak. Alternate translation: “the beast was allowed to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
680	13:6	ru6v			εἰς βλασφημίας πρὸς τὸν Θεόν	1	Alternate translation: “to say disrespectful things about God”
681	13:6	k71y			βλασφημῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτοῦ, τοὺς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ σκηνοῦντας	1	These phrases tell how the beast spoke blasphemies against God.
682	13:7	fyp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave authority to the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
683	13:7	f5rl			πᾶσαν φυλὴν, καὶ λαὸν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ ἔθνος	1	This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in Revelation 5:9.
684	13:8	nr7r			προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτὸν	1	Alternate translation: “will worship the beast”
685	13:8	vyy8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς	1	This phrase clarifies who on the earth will worship the beast. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone whose names the Lamb did not write in the Book of Life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
686	13:8	nj7e			ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	Alternate translation: “when God created the world”
687	13:8	vac6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	A lamb is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
688	13:8	bcu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ ἐσφαγμένου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people slaughtered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
689	13:9	tdy8			General Information:	0	General Information: These verses are a break from John’s account of his vision. Here he give a warning to the people reading his account.
690	13:9	rr9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, has an ear is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 2:7. Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
691	13:9	tx89		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person	εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω	1	Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 2:7. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
692	13:10	r6sx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν	1	This expression means that someone has decided who should be taken. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you may state explicitly who decided it. Alternate translation: “If God has decided that someone should be taken captive” or “If it is God’s will that someone should be taken into captivity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
693	13:10	ilzz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun captivity, you can express it with the verb “capture.” Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for a certain person to captured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
694	13:10	ipw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for the enemy to capture a certain person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
695	13:10	mtu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἴ τις ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτενεῖ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for the enemy to kill a certain person with a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
696	13:10	cdi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν μαχαίρῃ	1	Here, the sword represents war. Alternate translation: “in war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
697	13:10	d2rw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεῖ αὐτὸν & ἀποκτανθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the enemy will kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
698	13:10	pk8r			ὧδέ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονὴ καὶ ἡ πίστις τῶν ἁγίων	1	Alternate translation: “God’s holy people must endure patiently and be faithful”
699	13:11	pg7g			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: John begins to describe another beast who appears in his vision.
700	13:11	e7aw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων	1	Harsh speech is spoken of as if it were the roar of a dragon. Alternate translation: “it spoke harshly like a dragon speaks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
701	13:11	k9g8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	δράκων	1	The dragon was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in Revelation 12:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
702	13:12	a2fp			τὴν γῆν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικοῦντας	1	Alternate translation: “everyone on the earth”
703	13:12	ys3n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὗ ἐθεραπεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the one who had a lethal wound that healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
704	13:12	jc77			ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου	1	This was an injury that was serious enough that it could have made him die. Alternate translation: “deadly wound”
705	13:13	z2ws			ποιεῖ	1	Alternate translation: “the beast from the earth performed”
706	13:15	dl87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη αὐτῷ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God permitted the beast from the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
707	13:15	cw55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δοῦναι πνεῦμα τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου	1	Here, breath represents life. Alternate translation: “to give life to the beast’s image” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
708	13:15	dey8			τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου	1	This is the image of the first beast that had been mentioned.
709	13:15	ruk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ποιήσῃ ὅσοι ἐὰν μὴ προσκυνήσωσιν τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου ἀποκτανθῶσιν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “might put to death anyone who refused to worship the first beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
710	13:16	h9u9			καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας	1	Alternate translation: “And the beast from the earth also forced everyone”
711	13:17	t7wm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μή τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἔχων τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου	1	The implicit information is that the beast from the earth commanded these things. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded that people could buy or sell things only if they had the mark of the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
712	13:17	j8x4			τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου	1	The mark indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast.
713	13:18	i46m			General Information:	0	General Information: This verse is a break from John’s account of his vision. Here he gives another warning to the people reading his account.
714	13:18	uk74			ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν	1	Alternate translation: “Wisdom is needed” or “You need to be wise about this”
715	13:18	z8tz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὁ ἔχων νοῦν ψηφισάτω	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun insight, you can express it with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to understand things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
716	13:18	ri1y			ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου	1	Alternate translation: “he should discern what the number of the beast means” or “he should figure out what the number of the beast means”
717	13:18	bbn2			ἀριθμὸς & ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν	1	The number could represent: (1) one person. (2) all of humanity.
718	14:intro	q71v				0	Revelation 14 General Notes Important figures of speech in this chapter Harvest Harvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. This chapter uses the metaphor of two harvests. Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. Then an angel gathers in wicked people whom God will punish. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
719	14:1	e7u7			General Information:	0	General Information: The word I refers to John.
720	14:1	ck6y			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. There are 144,000 believers standing before the Lamb.
721	14:1	a3kz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὸ Ἀρνίον	1	A lamb is a young sheep. Here, the Lamb it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
722	14:1	uc96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες	1	See how you translated this in Revelation 7:4. Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
723	14:1	z963		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “on whose foreheads the Lamb and his Father had written their names” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
724	14:1	rf47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ	1	Father is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
725	14:2	hwu4			φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “a sound from heaven”
726	14:3	sz1f			ᾄδουσιν ᾠδὴν καινὴν	1	This phrase explains what the sound was that John heard in verse 2. Alternate translation: “that sound was a new song that they sang” or “the sound was the 144,000 people singing a new song”
727	14:3	ii11			τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων	1	See how you translated “living creature” in Revelation 4:6
728	14:3	m75y			τῶν πρεσβυτέρων	1	Here, the elders refers to the twenty-four elders around the throne. See how you translated “elders” in Revelation 4:4.
729	14:3	q6fc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες	1	See how you translated this in Revelation 7:4. Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
730	14:4	jet6			μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν	1	This could mean: (1) they have never had immoral sexual relations with a woman. (2) they have never had sexual relations with a woman. Defiling oneself with women may be a symbol of worshiping idols.
731	14:4	a7ir			παρθένοι	1	This could mean: (1) they did not have sexual relations with a woman who was not their wife. (2) they are virgins.
732	14:4	q3hg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ Ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν ὑπάγει	1	Doing what the Lamb does is spoken of as following him. Alternate translation: “they do whatever the Lamb does” or “they obey the Lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
733	14:4	mlw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρχὴ	1	Here, firstfruits is a metaphor for the first offering to be made to God in celebration of harvest. Alternate translation: “have been purchased out of the midst of the rest of mankind as a special celebration of salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
734	14:5	ga8p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος	1	Here, their mouth refers to “what they said.” Alternate translation: “they never lied when they spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
735	14:6	n1fr			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. This is the first of three angels who proclaim judgment on the earth.
736	14:6	pp1l			πᾶν ἔθνος, καὶ φυλὴν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ λαόν	1	This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in Revelation 5:9.
737	14:7	cj5z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the hour represents the time that has been chosen for something, and the hour having come is a metaphor for now being the chosen time. Alternate translation: “now is the time that God has chosen for judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
738	14:7	reu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun judgment, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “it is now the time for God to judge people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
739	14:8	b18s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔπεσεν, ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη	1	The angel speaks of Babylon having been destroyed as if it had fallen. Alternate translation: “Babylon the great has been destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
740	14:8	jh3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη	1	This was probably a symbol for the city of Rome, which was large, wealthy, and sinful. Alternate translation: “Babylon the large city” or “the important city of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
741	14:8	kg1i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἣ & πεπότικεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Babylon is spoken of as if it were a person, instead of a city filled with people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
742	14:8	ldz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ἣ ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πεπότικεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here, to drink from the wine is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: “to be sexually immoral like her” or “to get drunk like her in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
743	14:8	v3zk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς	1	Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
744	14:8	bey2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς	1	Here, immoral passion may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
745	14:10	qw28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	καὶ αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, to drink from the wine of the wrath of God is a symbol for being punished by God. Alternate translation: “will also drink some of the wine that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
746	14:10	fe83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has poured full strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
747	14:10	bb38		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου	1	This means that the wine has no water mixed into it. It is strong, and a person who drinks much of it will get very drunk. As a symbol, it means that God will be extremely angry, not just a little angry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
748	14:10	zl4g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τῷ ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ	1	This symbolic cup holds the wine that represents God’s anger. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
749	14:11	dds6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν	1	The phrase their torment refers to the fire that torments them. Alternate translation: “the smoke from the fire that torments them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
750	14:11	z5ea			οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν	1	Alternate translation: “they have no relief” or “the torment does not stop”
751	14:12	me1j			ὧδε ἡ ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 13:10.
752	14:12	wo34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τηρούντων	1	See how you translated this word in Revelation 1:3 and in Revelation 2:26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
753	14:13	x62q			οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ & ἀποθνῄσκοντες	1	Alternate translation: “those who die”
754	14:13	hy1a			οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες	1	This may refer to believers who are killed by their enemies. Alternate translation: “who are united to the Lord and die” or “who die because they are united to the Lord”
755	14:13	v4xz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τὰ & ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	These deeds are spoken of as if they were alive and able to follow those who did them. This could mean: (1) others will know the good deeds these people have done. (2) God will reward them for their deeds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
756	14:14	ft6v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: John begins to describe the next part of his vision. This part is about the Son of Man harvesting the earth. Harvesting the grain is a symbol of God’s judging people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
757	14:14	gvw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here, the expression a son of man describes a human figure, someone who looks human. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:13. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
758	14:14	l89c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	δρέπανον ὀξύ	1	A sickle is a tool with a curved blade used for cutting grass, grain, and vines (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
759	14:15	v6dy			ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “came out of the heavenly temple”
760	14:15	v2xf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα θερίσαι	1	Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
761	14:16	nt7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he harvested the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
762	14:18	jp7l			ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός	1	Here, authority over refers to responsibility to tend the fire.
763	14:19	f3mn			τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μέγαν	1	Alternate translation: “the large wine vat where God will show his wrath”
764	14:20	b1bw			ληνὸς	1	This is “the great winepress” of Revelation 14:19.
765	14:20	xt4z			ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων	1	Alternate translation: “as high as the bridle in a horse’s mouth”
766	14:20	m2i9			τῶν χαλινῶν	1	A bridle is device made of leather straps that goes around a horse’s head and is used for directing the horse.
767	14:20	gdl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων	1	Alternate translation: “one thousand six hundred stadia” or “sixteen hundred stadia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
768	14:20	dbz1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων	1	A “stadium” is 185 meters. The plural form of “stradium” is stadia. In modern measures this would be about “300 kilometers” or “200 miles.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
769	15:intro	zxt7				0	Revelation 15 General Notes Structure and formatting In this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4. Special concepts in this chapter “Victorious over the beast” These people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) “The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven” Scripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God’s perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God’s heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) Songs The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped.
770	15:1	p98c			General Information:	0	General Information: This verse is a summary of what will happen in 15:6-16:21.
771	15:1	l345		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν	1	The words great and marvelous have similar meanings and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “something that greatly amazed me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
772	15:1	w6lf			ἀγγέλους ἑπτὰ ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ	1	Alternate translation: “seven angels who had authority to send seven plagues on the earth”
773	15:1	mw7g			τὰς ἐσχάτας	1	Alternate translation: “and after them, there will not be any more plagues”
774	15:1	ij3d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for these plagues will complete the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
775	15:1	gdt5			ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This could mean: (1) these plagues will show all of God’s anger. (2) after these plagues, God will no longer be angry.
776	15:2	ytq6			General Information:	0	General Information: Here John begins to describe his vision of the people who had been victorious over the beast and who are praising God.
777	15:2	n9yj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην	1	You can state explicitly how it was like glass or a sea. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” (2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. See how you translated this in Revelation 4:6. Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
778	15:2	pt8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ	1	You can state explicitly how they were victorious. Alternate translation: “who had been victorious over the beast and his image by not worshiping them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
779	15:2	dbz9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1	You can state explicitly how they were victorious over the number. Alternate translation: “over the number representing his name by not being marked with that number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
780	15:2	lra7			τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ	1	This refers to the number described in Revelation 13:18.
781	15:3	l5hu			ᾄδουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “those who had been victorious over the beast were singing”
782	15:4	hh87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ, Κύριε, καὶ δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὅτι μόνος ὅσιος?	1	This question is used to show their amazement at how great and glorious the Lord is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Lord, everyone will fear you and glorify your name because you are holy!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
783	15:4	j9gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	The phrase your name refers to God. Alternate translation: “glorify you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
784	15:4	ei9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐφανερώθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have made everyone know about your righteous deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
785	15:5	v4ye			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The seven angels with the seven plagues come out of the most holy place. They were spoken of previously in Revelation 15:1.
786	15:5	da6n			μετὰ ταῦτα	1	Alternate translation: “after the people finished singing”
787	15:6	f9gq			οἱ ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι οἱ ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ πληγὰς	1	These seven angels were seen as holding seven plagues because in Revelation 17:7 they are given seven bowls full of the wrath of God.
788	15:6	nei2			λίθον	1	Linen is a fine, expensive cloth made from flax.
789	15:6	w9kw			ζώνας χρυσᾶς	1	A sash is a decorative piece of cloth worn on the upper body.
790	15:7	s4dj			τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων	1	See how you translated living creatures in Revelation 4:6
791	15:7	z1wz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The word wrath here refers to punishment. Alternate translation: “seven gold bowls full of something that represents the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
792	15:8	s67r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until the seven angels finished sending the seven plagues to the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
793	16:intro	v1cm				0	Revelation 16 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]]) Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7. Special concepts in this chapter “I heard a loud voice call out of the temple” This is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15. Seven bowls of God’s wrath This chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter The tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter. Armageddon This is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
794	16:1	nj83			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the part of the vision about the seven angels with the seven plagues. The seven plagues are the seven bowls of God’s wrath.
795	16:1	t995			ἤκουσα	1	Here, I refers to John.
796	16:1	k2nq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 15:7. Alternate translation: “bowls full of something that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
797	16:2	n7mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ	1	The word bowl refers to what is in it. Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
798	16:2	e66u			ἕλκος κακὸν καὶ πονηρὸν	1	These could be infections from diseases or injuries that have not healed.
799	16:2	nux1			τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου	1	The mark of the beast was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in Revelation 13:17.
800	16:3	nc6a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ	1	The word bowl refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in Revelation 16:2. Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
801	16:3	sx66		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὴν θάλασσαν	1	Here, the sea refers to all the salt water lakes and oceans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
802	16:4	p4ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ	1	The word bowl refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in Revelation 16:2. Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
803	16:4	xu1y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τοὺς ποταμοὺς καὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων	1	This refers to all bodies of fresh water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
804	16:5	f35a			τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων	1	This could refers to: (1) the third angel who was in charge of pouring out God’s wrath on the rivers and springs of water. (2) another angel who was in charge of all the waters.
805	16:5	e45u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	δίκαιος εἶ	1	Here, You refers to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
806	16:5	itg7			ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν	1	See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 1:4. Alternate translation: “God who is and who was”
807	16:6	b6wa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν	1	Here, poured out the blood means they killed them. Alternate translation: “they murdered God’s holy people and the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
808	16:6	jy6a			καὶ αἷμα αὐτοῖς ἔδωκας πιεῖν	1	God will make the evil people drink the waters that he turned to blood.
809	16:7	p4c5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἤκουσα τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέγοντος	1	Here, altar here refers perhaps to someone at the altar. “I heard someone at the altar reply” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
810	16:8	nne6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ	1	The word bowl refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in Revelation 16:2. Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
811	16:8	l6n2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυματίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1	John speaks about the sun as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
812	16:8	jf31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυματίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and caused the sun to severely burn the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
813	16:9	i2du		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκαυματίσθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καῦμα μέγα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the extreme heat burned them badly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
814	16:9	pr4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, the name of God represents God. Alternate translation: “they blasphemed God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
815	16:9	aza1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ ἔχοντος τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας	1	This phrase reminds readers of something they already know about God. It helps to explain why the people were blaspheming God. Alternate translation: “God because he has the power over these plagues” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
816	16:9	rd4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας	1	This refers to the power to inflict these plague on people, and the power to stop the plagues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
817	16:10	f1pm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ	1	The word bowl refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in Revelation 16:2. Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
818	16:10	a2ud		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν θρόνον τοῦ θηρίου	1	The throne of the beast is where the beast reigns from. It may refer to the capital city of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
819	16:10	hit6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτωμένη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the contents of the bowl made the kingdom of the beast dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
820	16:10	pb1u			ἐμασῶντο	1	Here, they refers to the people in the beast’s kingdom.
821	16:11	kna6			ἐβλασφήμησαν	1	Here, they refers to the people in the beast’s kingdom.
822	16:12	kv5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ	1	The word bowl refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in Revelation 16:2. Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
823	16:12	amf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν Εὐφράτην, καὶ ἐξηράνθη τὸ ὕδωρ αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. You can also make it into two sentences. Alternate translation: “the Euphrates, and caused its water to dry up” or “the Euphrates. Its water dried up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
824	16:13	bb6d			ὡς βάτραχοι	1	A frog is a small animal that lives near water. Jews considered them unclean animals.
825	16:13	ai28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ δράκοντος	1	A dragon is a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in Revelation 12:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
826	16:15	u3v8			General Information:	0	General Information: Verse 15 is a break from the main story line of John’s vision. These are words spoken by Jesus. The story line continues in verse 16.
827	16:15	l16g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	(ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης; μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, καὶ βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ.)	1	This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. You can state explicitly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
828	16:15	lgi6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης	1	Jesus will come at a time when people do not expect him, just as a thief comes when not expected. See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 3:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
829	16:15	b6f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τηρῶν	1	See how you translated this word in Revelation 1:3 and in Revelation 2:26. However, the occurence of the word here in this verse has a special sense of holding on to something so as not to give it up or lose it. The meaning is close or similar to the meaning found in the second instance of the word in Revelation 3:10. Thus, the translator should attempt to distinguish the translation of the word here from the other instances of the word in the book of Revelation, as the UST distinguishes here in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
830	16:15	an84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one’s clothes on. Alternate translation: “doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
831	16:15	cia7			τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ	1	Some versions translate this phrase as, “keeps his garments with him.”
832	16:15	qwa2			βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ	1	Here the word they refers to other people.
833	16:16	m2v7			συνήγαγεν αὐτοὺς	1	Alternate translation: “the spirits of the demons brought the kings and their armies together”
834	16:16	cdx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place that people call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
835	16:16	x6ff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἁρμαγεδών	1	Armageddon is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
836	16:17	ny8p			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The seventh angel pours out the seventh bowl of God’s wrath.
837	16:17	nhs7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ	1	The word bowl refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in Revelation 16:2. Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
838	16:17	a15p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	καὶ ἐξῆλθεν φωνὴ μεγάλη ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου	1	This means someone sitting on the throne or someone standing near the throne spoke loudly. It is unclear who is speaking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
839	16:18	x586			ἀστραπαὶ	1	Use your language’s way of describing what lightning looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in Revelation 4:5.
840	16:18	c9fa			φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί	1	These sounds and crashes are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in Revelation 4:5.
841	16:19	q8lg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη εἰς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the earthquake split the great city into” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
842	16:19	r2vh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη ἐμνήσθη ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This does not mean that God remembered something he had forgotten. Alternate translation: “then God remembered Babylon the Great” or “then God thought of Babylon the Great” or “then God started to pay attention to Babylon the Great” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
843	16:19	g6s8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the wine is a symbol of his wrath. Making people drink it is a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “he made the people of that city drink the wine that represents his wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
844	16:20	byn4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν	1	The inability to see any mountains is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: “there were no longer any mountains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
845	16:21	i43r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	ταλαντιαία	1	You may convert the talent to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
846	17:intro	ysn1				0	Revelation 17 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon. Special concepts in this chapter Prostitute Scripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) Seven hills This possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation. Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphors John uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up” This and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast … is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. (Revelation 17:11)
847	17:1	ppd7			General Information:	0	General Information: John begins to describe the part of his vision about the great prostitute.
848	17:1	c6f4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	τὸ κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun “judgment”, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “how God will judge the great prostitute” or “how God will condemn the great prostitute”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
849	17:1	f7ry		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης	1	Here, the great prostitute represents a certain sinful city. Alternate translation: “the prostitute that everyone knows about” or “a certain sinful city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
850	17:1	crs4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπὶ ὑδάτων πολλῶν	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a more specific word for the kind of water. Alternate translation: “on many rivers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
851	17:2	paa4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ἐμεθύσθησαν οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς	1	Here to be drunk from the wine of her sexual immorality represents fully giving themselves over to doing sexually immoral acts. Alternate translation: “the people of the earth fully engaged in every kind of sexual immorality” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
852	17:2	f1yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish	τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς	1	Here, the wine represents sexual immorality. Alternate translation: “her wine, that is, they were sexually immoral” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
853	17:2	ayw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς	1	This may well have a double meaning: sexual immorality among people and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
854	17:3	hf43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἀπήνεγκέν με εἰς ἔρημον ἐν Πνεύματι	1	The setting changes from John being in heaven to being in a wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
855	17:4	rw19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μαργαρίταις	1	A pearl is a beautiful and valuable white bead that is formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
856	17:5	az5b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῆς ὄνομα γεγραμμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written on her forehead a name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
857	17:5	l75t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Βαβυλὼν ἡ Μεγάλη	1	If it needs to be made explicit that the name refers to the woman, it can be put in a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I am Babylon, the powerful one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
858	17:6	iq7b			General Information:	0	General Information: The angel begins to explain to John the meaning of the prostitute and the red beast. The angel explains these things through verse 18.
859	17:6	iwz1			μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος & καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος	1	Alternate translation: “was drunk because she had drunk the blood … and had drunk the blood”
860	17:6	yqi7			τῶν μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “of the believers who have died because they told others about Jesus”
861	17:6	ydi9			ἐθαύμασα	1	Alternate translation: “I was amazed” or “I was surprised”
862	17:7	j412		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας?	1	The angel used this question to gently scold John. If your readers would misunderstand thuis question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be astonished!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
863	17:8	upm7			τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	The abyss is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in Revelation 9:1.
864	17:8	usl4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun destruction, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “and then he will be destroyed” or “and God will destroy him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
865	17:8	glf1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει	1	The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
866	17:8	r6h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὰ ὀνόματα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names God did not write” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
867	17:9	p6lr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns mind and wisdom, you can express them with “think” and “wise” or “wisely.” Alternate translation: “You need to think wisely in order to understand this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
868	17:9	xcyo		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν	1	You can state explicitly why a wise mind is needed. Alternate translation: “A wise mind is needed in order to understand this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
869	17:9	nr42			αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαὶ ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν	1	Here, are means “stand for” or “represent.”
870	17:10	yk93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν	1	The angel speaks of dying as falling. Alternate translation: “five kings have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
871	17:10	d2wx			ὁ εἷς ἔστιν	1	Alternate translation: “one is king now” or “one king is alive now”
872	17:10	kw95		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν	1	Not having existed yet is spoken of as not yet having come. Alternate translation: “the other has not yet become king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
873	17:10	v8vx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὅταν ἔλθῃ, ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ μεῖναι	1	The angel speaks of someone continuing to be king as if he were remaining in a place. Alternate translation: “he can be king only for a little while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
874	17:11	b1ct			ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν	1	This could mean: (1) the beast rules twice: first as one of the seven kings, and then as the eighth king. (2) the beast belongs to that group of seven kings because he is like them.
875	17:11	w7sk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει	1	The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. Alternate translation: “it will certainly be destroyed” or “God will surely destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
876	17:12	gq2m			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The angel explains the meaning of the ten horns of the beast.
877	17:12	n2rd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μίαν ὥραν	1	If your language does not divide the day into 24 hours, you may need to use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “for a very short time” or “for a very small part of a day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
878	17:13	w7jb			οὗτοι μίαν γνώμην ἔχουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “These all think the same thing” or “These all agree to do the same thing”
879	17:14	wt9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	A lamb is a young sheep. Here, Lamb is used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
880	17:14	abb5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κλητοὶ, καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ, καὶ πιστοί	1	This refers to one group of people. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state the words called and chosen in active form. Alternate translation: “the called, chosen, and faithful ones” or “the ones whom God has called and chosen, who are faithful to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
881	17:15	f5x6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ ὄχλοι εἰσὶν, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι	1	Here, are stands for “represent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
882	17:15	kq1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὰ ὕδατα	1	If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a more specific word for the kind of water. See how you translated “many waters” in Revelation 17:1. Alternate translation: “The rivers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
883	17:15	zsh5			ὄχλοι	1	large groups of people
884	17:15	ua3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	γλῶσσαι	1	Here, tongues refers to people who speak the languages. See how you translated this in Revelation 10:11. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
885	17:16	j157			ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν	1	Alternate translation: “they will steal everything that she has and leave her with nothing”
886	17:16	f9as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται	1	Destroying her completely is spoken of as eating all her flesh. Alternate translation: “they will destroy her completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
887	17:17	y8cn			ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν τῷ θηρίῳ, ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	They would agree to give their power to the beast, but it would not be that they want to obey God. Alternate translation: “For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give their kingdom to the beast until God’s words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God’s purpose”
888	17:17	sb1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι	1	Here, heart is a metonym for desires. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
889	17:17	j0ts		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι	1	Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it into their hearts to do it. Alternate translation: “God has made them want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
890	17:17	ku6m			τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν	1	Alternate translation: “their authority” or “their kingly authority”
891	17:17	el9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until God fulfills what he said will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
892	17:18	w2lu			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast.
893	17:18	md61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔστιν	1	Here, is stands for “represents.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
894	17:18	uy1m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν	1	When it says that the city rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: “the great city whose leader rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
895	18:intro	j5qc				0	Revelation 18 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8. Special concepts in this chapter Prophecy The angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphors Prophecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
896	18:1	xxe5			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: Another angel comes down from heaven and speaks. This is a different angel than the one in the previous chapter, who spoke about the prostitute and the beast.
897	18:2	a2f5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη	1	The angel speaks of Babylon having been destroyed as if it had fallen. See how you translated this in Revelation 14:8. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
898	18:2	fl3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη	1	The angel speaks of the city of Babylon as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
899	18:3	l5jq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here, the nations is a metonym for the people of those nations. Alternate translation: “the people of all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
900	18:3	kpp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πέπτωκαν	1	Here, drinking from the wine of her immoral passion is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: “have become sexually immoral like her” or “have become drunk like her in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
901	18:3	j1at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς	1	This may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
902	18:3	kp3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐπόρνευσαν	1	Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
903	18:3	ejc5			ἔμποροι	1	A merchant is a person who sells things.
904	18:3	ql37			ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς	1	Alternate translation: “because she spent so much money on sexual immorality”
905	18:4	nz77		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἄλλην φωνὴν	1	Here, voice refers to the speaker, which is probably either Jesus or the Father. Alternate translation: “someone else” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
906	18:5	e32w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκολλήθησαν αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	The voice speaks of Babylon’s sins as if they were objects that could form a pile. Alternate translation: “her sins are so many they are like a pile that reaches heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
907	18:5	u2yu			ἐμνημόνευσεν	1	This does not mean that God remembered something he had forgotten. See how you translated “called to mind” in Revelation 16:19. Alternate translation: “has thought of” or “has started to pay attention to”
908	18:6	ec42		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν	1	The voice speaks of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “Punish her as she has punished others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
909	18:6	pa62		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	διπλώσατε τὰ διπλᾶ	1	The voice speaks of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “punish her twice as much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
910	18:6	xba5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν	1	The voice speaks of causing others to suffer as preparing strong wine for them to drink. Alternate translation: “prepare for her the wine of suffering that is twice as strong as what she made for others” or “make her suffer twice as much as she made others suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
911	18:6	l3n5			κεράσατε & διπλοῦν	1	Here, mix double could mean: (1) they should prepare twice the amount. (2) they should make it twice as strong.
912	18:7	we2t			ἐδόξασεν αὑτὴν	1	Alternate translation: “the people of Babylon glorified themselves”
913	18:7	yt32		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει	1	Here, heart is a metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “For she says to herself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
914	18:7	m3mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	κάθημαι βασίλισσα	1	She claims to be a ruler, having her own authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
915	18:7	dy5k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	χήρα οὐκ εἰμί	1	She implies that she will not be dependent on other people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
916	18:7	eh5r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω	1	Experiencing mourning is spoken of as seeing mourning. Alternate translation: “I will never mourn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
917	18:8	u6r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἥξουσιν αἱ πληγαὶ αὐτῆς	1	Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
918	18:8	vkk2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται	1	Being burned up by fire is spoken of as being eaten up by fire. Alternate translation: “she will be completely burned up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
919	18:8	tjd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “fire will completely burn her up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
920	18:9	lj14			General Information:	0	General Information: In these verses the word her refers to the city of Babylon.
921	18:9	wk13			μετ’ αὐτῆς πορνεύσαντες καὶ στρηνιάσαντες	1	Alternate translation: “sinned sexually and did whatever they wanted just as the people of Babylon did”
922	18:10	j3ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun torment, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that they would be tormented like Babylon” or “because they were afraid that God would torment them as he torments Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
923	18:10	qn81			οὐαὶ, οὐαί	1	The word Woe is repeated for emphasis.
924	18:10	hkd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν ἡ κρίσις σου	1	Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
925	18:11	fe7u			πενθοῦσιν ἐπ’ αὐτήν	1	Alternate translation: “mourn for the people of Babylon”
926	18:12	krs3			λίθου τιμίου, καὶ μαργαριτῶν	1	See how you translated these in Revelation 17:4. Alternate translation: “many kinds of expensive stones”
927	18:12	hnk1			βυσσίνου	1	The fine linen is an expensive cloth made from flax. See how you translated “linen” in Revelation 15:6.
928	18:12	xm9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	πορφύρας, καὶ σιρικοῦ, καὶ κοκκίνου	1	Purple cloth is a very dark red cloth that was very expensive at that time. Silk is a soft, strong cloth made from the fine string that silkworms make when they make their cocoons. Scarlet cloth was an expensive red cloth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
929	18:12	hir4			πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον	1	Alternate translation: “all kinds of containers made of ivory”
930	18:12	yri7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον	1	Ivory is a beautiful hard, white material that people get from the tusks or teeth of very large animals such as elephants or walruses. Alternate translation: “container made from tusks” or “container made from valuable animal teeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
931	18:12	b8xc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μαρμάρου	1	Marble is a precious stone that is used for building and to make statues, furniture, and many other things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
932	18:13	gz3v			κιννάμωμον	1	Cinnamon is a spice that smells nice and comes from the bark of a certain kind of tree.
933	18:13	z894			ἄμωμον	1	Spice is a substance used to add flavor to food or a good smell to oil.
934	18:14	x3kl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ ὀπώρα	1	The autumn fruit refers to fruit that ripens in the fall. Here, it is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
935	18:14	a1aa			τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς	1	Alternate translation: “what you wanted very much”
936	18:14	p7f7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀπώλετο ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν	1	Not to be found stands for not existing. Alternate translation: “has vanished, and they will never exist again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
937	18:14	z9rv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπώλετο ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν	1	If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “has vanished; you will never have them again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
938	18:15	s4iq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns fear and torment, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “because they will be afraid of God tormenting them they way he torments her” or “because they will be afraid of suffering the way she is suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
939	18:15	ii7v			κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες	1	The merchants are the ones who will be weeping and mourning loudly. Alternate translation: “and the merchants will weep and mourn loudly”
940	18:16	i7ip		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον	1	Throughout this chapter, Babylon is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the great city, which was like a woman dressed in fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
941	18:16	qlo3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον	1	The merchants speak of Babylon as being dressed in fine linen because its people were dressed in fine linen. Alternate translation: “the great city, whose women were dressed in fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
942	18:16	nji6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that wore fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
943	18:16	v6q3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κεχρυσωμένη ἐν χρυσίῳ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “adorned herself with gold” or “adorned themselves with gold” or “wore gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
944	18:16	i5uy			λίθῳ τιμίῳ	1	Alternate translation: “valuable gems” or “treasured gems”
945	18:16	rtm9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μαργαρίτῃ	1	Pearls are beautiful and valuable white beads that are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. See how you translated this in Revelation 17:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
946	18:17	ap3v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν θάλασσαν ἐργάζονται	1	The phrase work the sea refers to what they do on the sea. Alternate translation: “who travel on the sea to make their living” or “who sail on the sea to different places in order to trade things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
947	18:18	v7qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ὁμοία τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ?	1	This question shows the people the importance of the city of Babylon. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No other city is like the great city, Babylon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
948	18:20	ld6c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns	ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς	1	If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun judgment, you can express it with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God has judged her for you” or “God has judged her because of the bad things she did to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
949	18:21	b94u			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: Another angel begins to speak about Babylon. This is a different angel than the ones who have spoken previously.
950	18:21	el4e			μύλινον μέγαν	1	A millstone large round stone used to crush grain.
951	18:21	dlp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι	1	To be thrown down and not be seen anymore speaks of complete destruction of the city. Alternate translation: “Babylon will be completely destroyed and will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
952	18:21	kwsy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will violently throw down Babylon, the great city, and it will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
953	18:21	kre6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι	1	Not being seen here means that it will not exist. Alternate translation: “it will not exist anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
954	18:22	j6aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν, καὶ μουσικῶν, καὶ αὐλητῶν, καὶ σαλπιστῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one in your city will ever again hear the sound that harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
955	18:22	da3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe	ἐν σοὶ	1	The angel speaks as if Babylon were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “in Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
956	18:22	c88l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι	1	Not being heard here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “they will not be in your city anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
957	18:22	cu19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πᾶς τεχνίτης οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ	1	Not being found there means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “no craftsman of any kind will be in your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
958	18:22	c7p2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωνὴ μύλου οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι	1	The sound of something not being heard means that no one will make that sound. Alternate translation: “no one will use a mill in your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
959	18:23	d3yq			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The angel who threw the millstone finishes talking.
960	18:23	d67i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φωνὴ νυμφίου καὶ νύμφης οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever again hear in Babylon the happy voices of a bridegroom and a bride” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
961	18:23	ja6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι	1	Not being heard here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “will not be in your city anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
962	18:23	q8qm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ ἔμποροί σου ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς	1	The angel speaks of important and powerful people as if they were princes. Alternate translation: “your merchants were like princes of the earth” or “your merchants were the most important men in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
963	18:23	j3iy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you deceived the people of the nations with your magic spells” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
964	18:24	s8bp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	Here, blood being found means that the people of the city were guilty of killing people. Alternate translation: “in her is the guilt for the death of the prophets and saints, along with all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
965	18:24	btz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Babylon is guilty of killing the prophets and believers and all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
966	19:intro	h785				0	Revelation 19 General Notes Structure and formatting The beginning of chapter 19 concludes the topic of Babylon falling. Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8. Special concepts in this chapter Songs The Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) Wedding celebration The wedding celebration or feast is an important image in Scripture. Jewish culture often pictured paradise, or life with God after death, as a feast. Here, the wedding feast is for the Lamb, who is Jesus, and his bride, who is all his people.
967	19:1	qu5h			General Information:	0	General Information: This is the next part of John’s vision. Here he describes the rejoicing in heaven over the fall of the great prostitute, who is the city of Babylon.
968	19:1	lr94			ἤκουσα	1	Here, I refers to John.
969	19:1	nk8x			ἁλληλουϊά	1	The word Hallelujah means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.”
970	19:2	u1rp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν πόρνην τὴν μεγάλην	1	Here John refers to the city of Babylon whose wicked people rule over all the people of the earth and lead them to worship false gods. He speaks of the wicked people of Babylon as if they were a great prostitute. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
971	19:2	ky99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν	1	Here, the earth is a metonym for its inhabitants. Alternate translation: “who corrupted the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
972	19:2	d9j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ	1	Here, the blood is a metonym that represents murder. Alternate translation: “the murder of his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
973	19:2	cj3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς	1	Here, he refers to Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
974	19:3	jm9m			εἴρηκαν	1	Here, they refers to the crowd of people in heaven.
975	19:3	h1k4			ἁλληλουϊά	1	The word Hallelujah means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” See how you translated this in Revelation 19:1.
976	19:3	zy6e			καπνὸς αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει	1	The word her refers to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. The smoke is from the fire that destroys the city. Alternate translation: “smoke rises from that city”
977	19:4	r43f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες	1	See how you translated this in Revelation 4:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
978	19:4	y4qd			τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα	1	See how you translated this in Revelation 4:6 Alternate translation: “the four living beings” or “the four living things”
979	19:4	dns7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who sat on the throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
980	19:5	w9qe		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν	1	Here John speaks of a voice as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “someone spoke from the throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
981	19:5	c3lm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν	1	Here, our refers to the speaker and all God’s servants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
982	19:5	cck3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν	1	Here, fear does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: “all you who honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
983	19:5	qdb3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	οἱ μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι	1	The speaker uses the words small and great together to include all of God’s people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
984	19:6	kq7n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν	1	John speaks of what he is hearing as if it were like the sound made by a very large crowd of people, a large body of rushing water, and very loud thunder. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
985	19:6	mdj6			ἁλληλουϊά	1	The word Hallelujah means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” See how you translated this in Revelation 19:1.
986	19:6	e3ua			ὅτι & Κύριος	1	Alternate translation: “Because the Lord”
987	19:7	hi52			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The voice of the crowd from the previous verse continues speaking.
988	19:7	api6			χαίρωμεν	1	Here, us refers to all of God’s servants.
989	19:7	m5av			δῶμεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ	1	Alternate translation: “give God the glory” or “honor God”
990	19:7	bwf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ γάμος τοῦ Ἀρνίου & ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν	1	Here John speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people together forever as if it were a wedding celebration and his people were his bride. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
991	19:7	r5xt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	A lamb is a young sheep. Here, the Lamb used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
992	19:7	j6d7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἦλθεν	1	Existing in the present is spoken of as having come. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
993	19:7	q9e4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν	1	John speaks of God’s people as if they were a bride who has gotten herself ready for her wedding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
994	19:8	pz72		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν	1	Here, her and she refer to the people of God. John speaks of the righteous acts of God’s people as if they were a bright and clean dress that a bride wears on her wedding day. Alternate translation: “and it was permitted to them to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
995	19:8	oz7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed her to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
996	19:9	ayc4			General Information:	0	General Information: An angel begins to speak to John. This is likely the same angel who began to speak to John in Revelation 17:1.
997	19:9	l72p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ & κεκλημένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people whom God invites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
998	19:9	q4ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	Here the angel speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people forever as if it were a wedding supper. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
999	19:10	uq6h			ἔπεσα ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ	1	This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See note in Revelation 19:3.
1000	19:10	i2yq			τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου	1	Here the word brothers here refers to all believers, male and female.
1001	19:10	up6l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῶν ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ	1	Here holding stands for believing in or announcing. Alternate translation: “who speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1002	19:10	rku2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ γὰρ μαρτυρία Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας	1	Here, the spirit of prophecy refers to God’s Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “for it is the Spirit of God who gives people the power to speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1003	19:11	xx12			General Information:	0	General Information: This is the beginning of a new vision. John begins to describe a rider on a white horse.
1004	19:11	m1qn			καὶ εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν ἠνεῳγμένον	1	This imagery is used to signify the beginning of a new vision. See how you translated this idea in Revelation 4:1 and Revelation 11:19 and Revelation 15:5.
1005	19:11	hcs8			ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	The rider is Jesus.
1006	19:11	lp9a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ	1	Here, righteousness refers to what is right. Alternate translation: “he judges all people and wages war according to what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1007	19:12	p9ak		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	οἱ & ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ φλὸξ πυρός	1	John speaks of the rider’s eyes as if they shone like a flame of fire. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1008	19:12	yhr7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔχων ὄνομα γεγραμμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and someone has written a name on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1009	19:12	kk9x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ὃ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, εἰ μὴ αὐτός	1	Here, except himself means that he is the only one. Alternate translation: “on him, and only he knows the meaning of that name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1010	19:13	vny3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον βεβαμμένον αἵματι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and blood had covered his robe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1011	19:13	hdk1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, Word of God is a metonym for Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “his name is called the Message of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1012	19:13	p7ts		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his name is also the Word of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1013	19:15	m9yn			ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα	1	The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 1:16.
1014	19:15	a88t			πατάξῃ τὰ ἔθνη	1	Alternate translation: “he could destroy the nations” or “he could bring the nations under his control”
1015	19:15	uq4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ	1	John speaks of the rider’s power as if he were ruling with an iron rod. See how you translated this in Revelation 12:5. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1016	19:15	nb4y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος	1	John speaks of the rider’s destroying his enemies as if they were grapes that a person tramples in a winepress. Alternate translation: “he crushes his enemies according to the wrath of God Almighty, just as a person crushes grapes in a winepress” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1017	19:15	vhk8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος	1	Here, wrath refers to God’s punishment of evil persons. Alternate translation: “he crushes his enemies according to the judgment of God Almighty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1018	19:16	a61a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα γεγραμμένον	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written a name on his robe and thigh:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1019	19:17	m6dt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ	1	Here, the sun is a metonym for the light of the sun. Alternate translation: “Then I saw an angel standing in the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1020	19:18	khs9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	ἐλευθέρων τε καὶ δούλων, καὶ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων	1	The angel uses these two sets of opposite-meaning words together to refer to all people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1021	19:20	q83v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the rider on the white horse captured the beast and the false prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1022	19:20	gs37			τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου	1	The mark of the beast was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in Revelation 13:17.
1023	19:20	ht8g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the beast and the false prophet alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1024	19:20	blr1			τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς, τῆς καιομένης ἐν θείῳ	1	Alternate translation: “place full of fire that burns with sulfur”
1025	19:21	h6ea		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the rider of the horse killed the remainder of the beast’s armies with the sword that extended from his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1026	19:21	qk9t			τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ & τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ	1	The sword blade was sticking out of his mouth. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 1:16.
1027	20:intro	c7eh				0	Revelation 20 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The thousand-year reign of Christ In this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Final rebellion This chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) Great white throne This chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Book of Life This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Hades and the lake of fire These appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])
1028	20:1	rkv7			General Information:	0	General Information: John begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit.
1029	20:1	n8b8			καὶ εἶδον	1	Here, I refers to John.
1030	20:1	c18c			τῆς Ἀβύσσου	1	The abyss is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in Revelation 9:1.
1031	20:2	r6es		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τὸν δράκοντα	1	The dragon was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1032	20:3	xj22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ	1	The angel sealed the abyss to keep anyone from opening it. Alternate translation: “sealed it to prevent anyone from opening it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1033	20:3	el4f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μὴ πλανήσῃ & τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here, nations is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “he would not deceive the people-groups” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1034	20:3	y9xd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεῖ αὐτὸν λυθῆναι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will command the angel to free him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1035	20:4	lw2r			General Information:	0	General Information: This is the next part of John’s vision. He describes suddenly seeing thrones and the souls of believers.
1036	20:4	qzt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κρίμα ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God had given authority to them to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1037	20:4	u3u8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῶν πεπελεκισμένων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whose heads others had cut off” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1038	20:4	tut2			διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Alternate translation: “because they had spoken the truth about Jesus and about the word of God”
1039	20:4	xz5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here, the word of God is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “for what they taught about the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1040	20:4	cc1v			ἔζησαν	1	Alternate translation: “they came back to life” or “they became alive again”
1041	20:5	cw4j			οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν	1	Alternate translation: “All of the other dead people”
1042	20:5	e1pm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη	1	Alternate translation: “the end of the thousand years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1043	20:6	f3gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν	1	Here John describes the second death as a person with power. Alternate translation: “These people will not experience the second death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1044	20:6	v4z3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος	1	The second death is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in Revelation 20:14 and Revelation 21:8. See how you translated this in Revelation 2:11. Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” or “dying a second time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1045	20:7	y1vw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	λυθήσεται ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will release Satan from his prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1046	20:8	g429		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὧν ὁ ἀριθμὸς αὐτῶν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης	1	The comparison to the sand of the sea emphasizes the extremely large number of soldiers in Satan’s army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1047	20:9	jlc6			ἀνέβησαν	1	Alternate translation: “Satan’s army went up”
1048	20:9	f4t7			τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην	1	Here, the beloved city refers to Jerusalem.
1049	20:9	jhq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	κατέβη πῦρ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτούς	1	Here John speaks of fire as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “God sent fire from heaven to burn them up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1050	20:10	pif3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ διάβολος, ὁ πλανῶν αὐτοὺς, ἐβλήθη εἰς	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the devil, who had deceived them, into” or “God’s angel threw the devil, who had deceived them, into” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1051	20:10	rjv1			τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ θείου	1	See how you translated this in Revelation 19:20. Alternate translation: “the lake of fire that burns with sulfur” or “place full of fire that burns with sulfur”
1052	20:10	t5h2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βασανισθήσονται	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will torment them” or “the fire will torment them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1053	20:11	n8h9			General Information:	0	General Information: This is the next part of John’s vision. He describes suddenly seeing a great white throne and the dead being judged.
1054	20:11	pm1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	οὗ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου ἔφυγεν ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ οὐρανός	1	John describes the earth and the heaven as if they were people who were trying to escape God’s judgment. This means that God completely destroyed the old heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1055	20:11	slhm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἔφυγεν ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ οὐρανός, καὶ τόπος οὐχ εὑρέθη αὐτοῖς	1	Here, not having a place means that God completely destroyed the old heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1056	20:12	gap2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βιβλία ἠνοίχθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone opened the books” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1057	20:12	lt7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged the people who had died and now lived again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1058	20:12	vvc4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “by what he had recorded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1059	20:13	ea2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς νεκροὺς & ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς νεκροὺς	1	Here John speaks of the sea, Death, and Hades as if they were living persons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1060	20:13	bg4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκρίθησαν ἕκαστος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged each of the dead people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1061	20:13	pk3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ᾍδης	1	Here, Hades is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1062	20:14	lw6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw Death and Hades” or “God’s angel threw Death and Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1063	20:14	qv55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός	1	The second death is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in Revelation 20:14 and Revelation 21:8. See how you translated this in Revelation 2:11. Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” or “dying a second time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1064	20:15	c9pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη & γεγραμμένος	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if God’s angel did not find a person’s name written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1065	20:15	wq31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw him into the lake of fire” or “the angel threw him into the place where fire burns forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1066	21:intro	pai8				0	Revelation 21 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem. Special concepts in this chapter Second death Death is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Book of Life This is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter New heaven and new earth It is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or if it is remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible this will affect translation in some languages. The word “new” in the original language means different and better than the old. It does not mean new in time.
1067	21:1	tj16			General Information:	0	General Information: John begins to describe his vision of the new Jerusalem.
1068	21:1	vks1			εἶδον	1	Here, I refers to John.
1069	21:2	er4u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς νύμφην, κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς	1	John compares the new Jerusalem to a bride who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1070	21:3	i8za		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου λεγούσης	1	The great voice refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly from the throne saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1071	21:3	gk3m			ἰδοὺ	1	The word Behold here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1072	21:3	hpt1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ σκηνώσει μετ’ αὐτῶν	1	These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that God will, indeed, live among men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1073	21:4	w39g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξαλείψει πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν	1	Here, tears represent sadness. See how you translated this in Revelation 7:17. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1074	21:5	rq2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν	1	Here, these words refers to the message that they formed. Alternate translation: “this message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1075	21:6	dq8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s eternal nature. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1076	21:6	mfc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	These two phrases mean that God exists from the beginning of everything to the end of it, including everything in between. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1077	21:6	li7s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ	1	The alpha and the omega are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and who ends all things. (2) the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:8. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1078	21:6	bf1p			ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end. (2) the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things.
1079	21:6	wk2c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τῷ διψῶντι δώσω ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς δωρεάν	1	God speaks of a person’s desire for eternal life as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1080	21:7	vms6			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The one seated on the throne continues to speak to John.
1081	21:8	hma7			τοῖς & δειλοῖς	1	Alternate translation: “those who are too afraid to do what is right”
1082	21:8	k8yp			ἐβδελυγμένοις	1	Alternate translation: “those who do terrible things”
1083	21:8	zu27			τῇ λίμνῃ τῇ καιομένῃ πυρὶ καὶ θείῳ	1	See how you translated this in Revelation 19:20. Alternate translation: “the lake of fire that burns with sulfur” or “place full of fire that burns with sulfur”
1084	21:8	k1hl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος	1	The second death is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in Revelation 20:14 and Revelation 21:8. See how you translated this in Revelation 2:11. Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” or “dying a second time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1085	21:9	cf2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν νύμφην, τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	The angel speaks of Jerusalem as if it were a bride who is about to marry her groom, the Lamb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1086	21:9	bil2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	A lamb is a young sheep. Here, Lamb is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1087	21:10	czp2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἀπήνεγκέν με ἐν Πνεύματι	1	The setting changes as the Spirit takes John to a high mountain where he can see the city of Jerusalem. See how you translated this phrase in Revelation 17:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1088	21:10	fq8f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	Ἰερουσαλὴμ	1	Jerusalem is a metonymy for those believers who will inhabit it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1089	21:11	g44j			ἔχουσαν	1	This refers to the “Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven” that he described in the previous verse and not to the physical Jerusalem.
1090	21:11	xvg6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	ὁ φωστὴρ αὐτῆς ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιμιωτάτῳ, ὡς λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι	1	These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the brilliance of Jerusalem by naming a specific jewel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1091	21:11	n51z			κρυσταλλίζοντι	1	Alternate translation: “extremely clear”
1092	21:11	vvq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἰάσπιδι	1	Jasper is a valuable stone. This jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in Revelation 4:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1093	21:12	qgh3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐπιγεγραμμένα	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1094	21:14	mm12			τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	Here, the Lamb refers to Jesus. See how you translated this in Revelation 5:6.
1095	21:16	fs8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	σταδίων δώδεκα χιλιάδων	1	You may convert 12,000 stadia to modern measures. Alternate translation: “2,200 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1096	21:17	eut1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τεσσάρων πηχῶν	1	You may convert 144 cubits to modern measures. Alternate translation: “66 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1097	21:18	n3hu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	χρυσίον καθαρὸν, ὅμοιον ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ	1	The gold was so clear that it is spoken of as if it were glass. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1098	21:18	h239		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἴασπις	1	Jasper is a valuable stone. It may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in Revelation 4:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1099	21:19	ick5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους τῆς πόλεως & κεκοσμημένοι	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone adorned the foundations of the city wall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1100	21:19	ke4b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	ἴασπις & σάπφειρος & χαλκηδών & σμάραγδος	1	These are valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated it in Revelation 4:3. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1101	21:20	a2tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	σαρδόνυξ & σάρδιον & χρυσόλιθος & βήρυλλος & τοπάζιον & χρυσόπρασος & ὑάκινθος & ἀμέθυστος	1	These are all precious gems. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1102	21:21	yn6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	μαργαρῖται	1	Pearls are beautiful and valuable white beads that are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. See how you translated this in Revelation 17:4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1103	21:21	g75r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς μαργαρίτου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had made each of the gates from a single pearl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1104	21:21	vp22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	χρυσίον καθαρὸν ὡς ὕαλος διαυγής	1	The gold was so pure that it is spoken of as if it was clear glass. See how you translated a similar phrase in Revelation 21:18. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1105	21:22	m2ew		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ & Κύριος ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον	1	The temple represented God’s presence. This means the new Jerusalem does not need a temple because God and the Lamb will live there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1106	21:23	v2m9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ Ἀρνίον	1	Here the glory of Jesus, the Lamb, is spoken of as if it were a lamp that gives light to the city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1107	21:24	j3lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here, the nations are a metonym for the people who live in the nations. Alternate translation: “the people from all the different nations will walk” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1108	21:24	ma5n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη	1	Here, walk here is a metaphor for “live.” Alternate translation: “the people from all the different nations will live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1109	21:25	lq1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever shut the gates” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1110	21:26	ps25			οἴσουσιν	1	Alternate translation: “the kings of the earth will bring”
1111	21:27	n3nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτὴν πᾶν κοινὸν, καὶ ὁ	1	If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you can state it in positive form. Alternate translation: “only what is clean will ever enter, and never anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1112	21:27	g7fr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but only those whose names the Lamb wrote in his book of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1113	21:27	cw99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	A lamb is a young sheep. Here, the Lamb is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1114	22:intro	e1ya				0	Revelation 22 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter emphasizes that Jesus is coming soon. Special concepts in this chapter Tree of life There is probably an intended connection between the tree of life in the Garden of Eden and the tree of life mentioned in this chapter. The curse that began in Eden will end at this time. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Alpha and omega These are the names of the first and last letters in the Greek alphabet. The ULT spells out their names in English. This strategy can serve as a model for translators. Some translators, however, may decide to use the first and last letters in their own alphabet. This would be “A and Z” in English.
1115	22:1	b1ad			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: John continues to describe the new Jerusalem as the angel shows it to him.
1116	22:1	uu7b			ἔδειξέν μοι	1	Here, me refers to John.
1117	22:1	vl23			ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς	1	Alternate translation: “the river flowing with life-giving water”
1118	22:1	yn2p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς	1	Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in Revelation 21:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1119	22:1	mxp4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage	τοῦ Ἀρνίου	1	A lamb is a young sheep. Here, the Lamb is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in Revelation 5:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
1120	22:2	l2aq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῶν ἐθνῶν	1	Here, the nations refers to the people who live in every nation. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1121	22:3	d5fq			πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι	1	This could mean: (1) there will never be anyone there that God will curse. (2) there will not be anyone there who is under God’s curse.
1122	22:3	by36			οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ	1	Here, his and him could refer to: (1) God the Father. (2) both God and the Lamb, who rule together as one.
1123	22:4	zy4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὄψονται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ	1	Here, see his face is an idiom that refers to being in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “they will be in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1124	22:6	j51i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	General Information:	0	General Information: This is the beginning of the end of John’s vision. In verse 6 the angel is speaking to John. In verse 7, Jesus is speaking. You can state this explicitly as is in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1125	22:6	xaw8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί	1	Here, words refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in Revelation 21:5. Alternate translation: “This message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1126	22:6	cr31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν	1	Here, spirits refers to: (1) the inward disposition of the prophets and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” (2) the Holy Spirit who inspires the prophets. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1127	22:7	p72h			ἰδοὺ	1	Here Jesus begins to speak. The word behold adds emphasis to what follows.
1128	22:7	afr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔρχομαι ταχύ	1	It is understood that he is coming in order to judge. See how you translated this in Revelation 3:11. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1129	22:7	x0sy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τηρῶν	1	See how you translated this word in Revelation 1:3 and in Revelation 2:26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1130	22:8	xr17			General Information:	0	General Information: John tells his readers about how he responded to the angel.
1131	22:8	uvk3			ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν	1	This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in Revelation 19:10.
1132	22:9	tcs2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τηρούντων	1	See how you translated this word in Revelation 1:3 and in Revelation 2:26. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1133	22:10	gqa8			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: The angel finishes speaking to John.
1134	22:10	ct48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ σφραγίσῃς τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου	1	To seal a book was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret … this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1135	22:10	xc15		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου	1	Here, words refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in Revelation 22:7. Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1136	22:12	idc6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory	General Information:	0	General Information: As the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
1137	22:13	f5jl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has existed and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1138	22:13	uup6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	These three phrases are merisms. They each represent everything included between the two ends. The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are alpha and omega. They represent all the letters in between. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:8. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z, the first and the last, the beginning and the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1139	22:13	c9e8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ	1	This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and who ends all things. (2) the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1140	22:13	cpl9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος	1	This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in Revelation 1:17. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1141	22:13	nnm2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος	1	This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end. (2) the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things. See how you translated this in Revelation 21:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1142	22:14	i54w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ πλύνοντες τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν	1	Becoming righteous is spoken of as if it were washing one’s clothing. See how you translated as similar phrase in Revelation 7:14. Alternate translation: “those who have become righteous, as if they have washed their robes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1143	22:15	aw1h			ἔξω	1	This means they are outside the city and not allowed to enter.
1144	22:15	tkd7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἱ κύνες	1	In that culture, dogs were considered to be unclean, despised animals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1145	22:15	h0ih		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οἱ κύνες	1	Here the word dogs is derogatory and refers to people who are wicked. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1146	22:16	pu85		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	μαρτυρῆσαι ὑμῖν	1	Here the word you is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1147	22:16	t2v9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ	1	The words root and descendant mean basically the same thing. Together the words emphasize that Jesus belongs to the family of David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1148	22:16	afw1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ	1	Jesus speaks of being a descendant as if he were a root that grew out of David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1149	22:16	g9uj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρός, ὁ πρωϊνός	1	Jesus speaks of himself as if he were the bright star that sometimes appears early in the morning and indicates that a new day is about to begin. See how you translated “morning star” in Revelation 2:28. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1150	22:17	gig5			Connecting Statement:	0	Connecting Statement: This verse is a response to what Jesus said.
1151	22:17	lt8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ νύμφη	1	Believers are spoken of as if they were a Bride about to be married to her groom, Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1152	22:17	m9at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔρχου	1	Here, Come could mean: (1) this is an invitation for people to come and drink the water of life. Alternate translation: “Come and drink!” (2) this is a polite request for Jesus to return. Alternate translation: “Please come!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1153	22:17	e2m5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω; ὁ θέλων λαβέτω ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν	1	A person’s desire for eternal life is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1154	22:17	dwb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὕδωρ ζωῆς	1	Eternal life is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving water. See how you translated this in Revelation 21:6. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1155	22:18	fd5l			General Information:	0	General Information: John gives his final remarks about the book of Revelation.
1156	22:18	d95j			μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ	1	Here, I refers to John.
1157	22:18	s36m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου	1	Here, the words refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in Revelation 22:7. Alternate translation: “this prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1158	22:18	jzu8			ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐπιθήσει ὁ Θεὸς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς πληγὰς τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ	1	This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
1159	22:18	d4sc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ	1	If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “which I have written about in this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1160	22:19	ss3y			ἐάν τις ἀφέλῃ ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τοῦ βιβλίου τῆς προφητείας ταύτης, ἀφελεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς καὶ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἁγίας, τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ	1	This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy.
1161	22:20	u6mb			General Information:	0	General Information: In these verses John gives his and Jesus’ closing greetings.
1162	22:20	y9p2			ὁ μαρτυρῶν	1	Alternate translation: “Jesus, who testifies”